INDUCING CELLULAR IMMUNE RESPONSES TO HER2/neu USING PEPTIDE AND NUCLEIC ACID COMPOSITIONS

Abstract: This invention uses our knoeledge of the mechanisms by which antigen is recognized by T cells to identify and prepare HER2/neu epitopes, and to develop epitope-based vaccines directed towards HERS2/neu-bearing tumors. More specifically, this application communicates our discovery of pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use in the prevention and treatment of cancer.

Description: INDUCING CELLULAR IMMUNE RESPONSES TO HER2/neu USING PEPTIDE AND NUCLEIC ACID COMPOSITIONS I. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION A growing body of evidence suggests that cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL) are important in the immune response to tumor cells. CTL recognize peptide epitopes in the context of HLA class I molecules that are expressed on the surface of almost all nucleated cells. Following intracellular processing of endogenously synthesized tumor antigens, antigen-derived peptide epitopes bind to class I HLA molecules in the endoplasmic reticulum, and the resulting complex is then transported to the cell surface. CTL recognize the peptide-HLA class I complex, which then results in the destruction of the cell bearing the HLA -peptide complex directly by the CTL and/or via the activation of non-destructive mechanisms, e.g., activation of lymphokines such as tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF- α) or interferon-γ (IFNγ) which enhance the immune response and facilitate the destruction of the tumor cell. Tumor-specific helper T lymphocytes (HTLs) are also known to be important for maintaining effective antitumor immunity. Their role in antitumor immunity has been demonstrated in animal models in which these cells not only serve to provide help for induction of CTL and antibody responses, but also provide effector functions, which are mediated by direct cell contact and also by secretion of lymphokines (e.g., IFNγ and TNF- α). A fundamental challenge in the development of an efficacious tumor vaccine is immune suppression or tolerance that can occur. There is therefore a need to establish vaccine embodiments that elicit immune responses of sufficient breadth and vigor to prevent progression and/or clear the tumor. The epitope approach employed in the present invention represents a solution to this challenge, in that it allows the incorporation of various antibody, CTL and HTL epitopes, from discrete regions of a target tumor-associated antigen (TAA), and/or regions of other TAAs, in a single vaccine composition. Such a composition can simultaneously target multiple dominant and subdominant epitopes and thereby be used to achieve effective immunization in a diverse population. HER2/neu (or erbB-2) is a 185 kD transmembrane protein with tyrosine kinase activity that has a structure similar to the epidermal growth factor receptor (Coussens et al., Science 230:113-119, 1985; Bargmann et al., Nature 319:226-230, 1986; Yamamoto et al., Nature 319:230-234, 1986). Amplification of the Her2/neu gene and/or overexpression of the protein have been reported in many human adenocarcinomas of the breast, ovary, uterus, prostate, stomach, esophagus, pancreas, kidney, and lung (see, e.g., Slamon et al., Science 235: 177-182, 1987 and Science 244:707-712, 1989; Borg et al, Cancer Res. 50:4332-4337, 1990; Lukes et al, Cancer 73:2380-2385, 1994; Kυhn et al., J. Urol. 150:1427-1433, 1993; Sadasivan e αtA. Urol. 150:126-131, 1993; Yonemura et al, Cancer Res. 51:1034-1038, 1991; Kameda et al, Cancer Res. 50:8002-8009, 1990; Houldsworth et al, Cancer Res. 50:6417-6422, 1990; Yamanaka et al, Human Path. 24:1127-1134, 1993; Weidner et al, Cancer Res. 50:4504-4509, 1990; Kern e/ al, Cancer Res. 50:5184-5187, 1990; and Rachwal et al, Br. J. Cancer 72:56-64, 1995). This widespread expression on cancer cells makes HER2/neu an important target for immuno therapy. The information provided in this section is intended to disclose the presently understood state of the art as of the filing date of the present application. Information is included in this section which was generated subsequent to the priority date of this application. Accordingly, information in this section is not intended, in any way, to delineate the priority date for the invention. II. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION This invention applies our knowledge of the mechanisms by which antigen is recognized by T cells, for example, to develop epitope-based vaccines directed towards TAAs. More specifically, this application communicates our discovery of specific epitope pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use in the prevention and treatment of cancer. Upon development of appropriate technology, the use of epitope-based vaccines has several advantages over current vaccines, particularly when compared to the use of whole antigens in vaccine compositions. For example, immunosuppressive epitopes that may be present in whole antigens can be avoided with the use of epitope-based vaccines. Such immunosuppressive epitopes may, e.g., correspond to immunodominant epitopes in whole antigens, which may be avoided by selecting peptide epitopes from non-dominant regions (see, e.g., Disis et al, J. Immunol. 156:3151-3158, 1996). An additional advantage of an epitope-based vaccine approach is the ability to combine selected epitopes (CTL and HTL), and further, to modify the composition of the epitopes, achieving, for example, enhanced immunogenicity. Accordingly, the immune response can be modulated, as appropriate, for the target disease. Similar engineering of the response is not possible with traditional approaches. Another major benefit of epitope-based immune-stimulating vaccines is their safety. The possible pathological side effects caused by infectious agents or whole protein antigens, which might have their own intrinsic biological activity, is eliminated. An epitope-based vaccine also provides the ability to direct and focus an immune response to multiple selected antigens from the same pathogen (a "pathogen" may be an infectious agent or a tumor- associated molecule). Thus, patient-by-patient variability in the immune response to a particular pathogen may be alleviated by inclusion of epitopes from multiple antigens from the pathogen in a vaccine composition. Furthermore, an epitope-based anti-tumor vaccine also provides the opportunity to combine epitopes derived from multiple tumor-associated molecules. This capability can therefore address the problem of rumor-to tumor variability that arises when developing a broadly targeted anti-tumor vaccine for a given rumor type and can also reduce the likelihood of tumor escape due to antigen loss. For example, a breast cancer tumor in one patient may express a target TAA that differs from a breast cancer tumor in another patient. Epitopes derived from multiple TAAs can be included in a polyepitopic vaccine that will target both breast cancer tumors . One of the most formidable obstacles to the development of broadly efficacious epitope-based immunotherapeutics, however, has been the extreme polymorphism of HLA molecules. To date, effective non-genetically biased coverage of a population has been a task of considerable complexity; such coverage has required that epitopes be used that are specific for HLA molecules corresponding to each individual HLA allele. Impractically large numbers of epitopes would therefore have to be used in order to cover ethnically diverse populations. Thus, there has existed a need for peptide epitopes that are bound by multiple HLA antigen molecules for use in epitope-based vaccines. The greater the number of HLA antigen molecules bound, the greater the breadth of population coverage by the vaccine. Furthermore, as described herein in greater detail, a need has existed to modulate peptide binding properties, e.g., so that peptides that are able to bind to multiple HLA molecules do so with an affinity that will stimulate an immune response. Identification of epitopes restricted by more than one HLA allele at an affinity that correlates with immunogenicity is important to provide thorough population coverage, and to allow the elicitation of responses of sufficient vigor to prevent or clear an infection in a diverse segment of the population. Such a response can also target a broad array of epitopes. The technology disclosed herein provides for such favored immune responses. In a preferred embodiment, epitopes for inclusion in vaccine compositions of the invention are selected by a process whereby protein sequences of known antigens are evaluated for the presence of motif or supermotif-bearing epitopes. Peptides corresponding to a motif- or supermotif-bearing epitope are then synthesized and tested for the ability to bind to the HLA molecule that recognizes the selected motif. Those peptides that bind at an intermediate or high affinity i.e., an IC 50 (or a K D value) of 500 nM or less for HLA class I molecules or an IC 50 of 1000 nM or less for HLA class II molecules, are further evaluated for their ability to induce a CTL or HTL response. Immunogenic peptide epitopes are selected for inclusion in vaccine compositions. Supermotif-bearing peptides may additionally be tested for the ability to bind to multiple alleles within the HLA supertype family. Moreover, peptide epitopes may be analogued to modify binding affinity and or the ability to bind to multiple alleles within an HLA supertype. The invention also includes embodiments comprising methods for monitoring or evaluating an immune response to a TAA in a patient having a known HLA-type. Such methods comprise incubating a T lymphocyte sample from the patient with a peptide composition comprising a TAA epitope that has an amino acid sequence described in, for example, Tables XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, and XXXI which binds the product of at least one HLA allele present in the patient, and detecting for the presence of a T lymphocyte that binds to the peptide. A CTL peptide epitope can, for example, be used as a component of a tetrameric complex for this type of analysis. An alternative modality for defining the peptide epitopes in accordance with the invention is to recite the physical properties, such as length; primary structure; or charge, which are correlated with binding to a particular allele-specific HLA molecule or group of allele-specific HLA molecules. A further modality for defining peptide epitopes is to recite the physical properties of an HLA binding pocket, or properties shared by several allele-specific HLA binding pockets (e.g. pocket configuration and charge distribution) and reciting that the peptide epitope fits and binds to the pocket or pockets. As will be apparent from the discussion below, other methods and embodiments are also contemplated. Further, novel synthetic peptides produced by any of the methods described herein are also part of the invention. III. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES not applicable IV. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The peptide epitopes and corresponding nucleic acid compositions of the present invention are useful for stimulating an immune response to a TAA by stimulating the production of CTL or HTL responses. The peptide epitopes, which are derived directly or indirectly from native TAA protein amino acid sequences, are able to bind to HLA molecules and stimulate an immune response to the TAA. The complete sequence of the TAA proteins to be analyzed can be obtained from GenBank. Peptide epitopes and analogs thereof can also be readily determined from sequence information that may subsequently be discovered for heretofore unknown variants of particular TAAs, as will be clear from the disclosure provided below. A list of target TAA includes, but is not limited to, the following antigens: MAGE 1, MAGE 2, MAGE 3, MAGE-11, MAGE-A10, BAGE, GAGE, RAGE, MAGE-C1, LAGE-1, CAG-3, DAM, MUCl, MUC2, MUC18, NY-ESO-1, MUM-1, CDK4, BRCA2, NY-LU-1, NY-LU-7, NY-LU-12, CASP8, RAS, KIAA-2-5, SCCs, p53, p73, CEA, Her 2/neu, Melan-A, gplOO, tyrosinase, TRP2, gp75/TRPl, kallikrein, PSM, PAP, PSA, PT1-1, B-catenin, PRAME, Telomerase, FAK, cyclin DI protein, NOEY2, EGF-R, SART-1, CAPB, HPVE7, pl5, Folate receptor CDC27, PAGE-1, and PAGE-4. The peptide epitopes of the invention have been identified in a number of ways, as will be discussed below. Also discussed in greater detail is that analog peptides have been derived and the binding activity for HLA molecules modulated by modifying specific amino acid residues to create peptide analogs exhibiting altered immunogenicity. Further, the present invention provides compositions and combinations of compositions that enable epitope-based vaccines that are capable of interacting with HLA molecules encoded by various genetic alleles to provide broader population coverage than prior vaccines. IV.A. Definitions The invention can be better understood with reference to the following definitions, which are listed alphabetically: A "computer" or "computer system" generally includes: a processor; at least one information storage/retrieval apparatus such as, for example, a hard drive, a disk drive or a tape drive; at least one input apparatus such as, for example, a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, or a microphone; and display structure. Additionally, the computer may include a communication channel in communication with a network. Such a computer may include more or less than what is listed above. A "construct" as used herein generally denotes a composition that does not occur in nature. A construct can be produced by synthetic technologies, e.g., recombinant DNA preparation and expression or chemical synthetic techniques for nucleic or amino acids. A construct can also be produced by the addition or affiliation of one material with another such that the result is not found in nature in that form. "Cross-reactive binding" indicates that a peptide is bound by more than one HLA molecule; a synonym is degenerate binding. A "cryptic epitope" elicits a response by immunization with an isolated peptide, but the response is not cross-reactive in vitro when mtact whole protem which comprises the epitope is used as an antigen A "dominant epitope" is an epitope that mduces an immune response upon immunization with a whole native antigen (see, e g , Sercarz, et al , Annu Rev Immunol 11 729-766, 1993) Such a response is cross-reactive in vitro with an isolated peptide epitope With regard to a particular amino acid sequence, an "epitope" is a set of ammo acid residues which is involved m recognition by a particular lmmunoglobulin, or in the context of T cells, those residues necessary for recognition by T cell receptor protems and/or Major Histocompatibihty Complex (MHC) receptors In an immune system setting, in vivo or in vitro, an epitope is the collective features of a molecule, such as primary, secondary and tertiary peptide structure, and charge, that together form a site recognized by an immunoglobulm, T cell receptor or HLA molecule Throughout this disclosure epitope and peptide are often used interchangeably It is to be appreciated that protein or peptide molecules that comprise an epitope of the mvention as well as additional ammo acιd(s) are withm the bounds of the mvention In certam embodiments, there is a limitation on the length of a peptide of the invention which is not otherwise a construct as defined herein An embodiment that is length-limited occurs when the protein peptide compπsing an epitope of the invention comprises a region (I e , a contiguous seπes of ammo acids) havmg 100% identity with a native sequence In order to avoid a recited definition of epitope from readmg, e g , on whole natural molecules, the length of any region that has 100% identity with a native peptide sequence is limited Thus, for a peptide compnsmg an epitope of the invention and a region with 100% identity with a native peptide sequence (and which is not otherwise a construct), the region with 100% identity to a native sequence generally has a length of less than or equal to 600 ammo acids, often less than or equal to 500 ammo acids, often less than or equal to 400 ammo acids, often less than or equal to 250 ammo acids, often less than or equal to 100 ammo acids, often less than or equal to 85 ammo acids, often less than or equal to 75 ammo acids, often less than or equal to 65 ammo acids, and often less than or equal to 50 ammo acids In certain embodiments, an "epitope" of the mvention which is not a construct is compπsed by a peptide havmg a region with less than 51 ammo acids that has 100% identity to a native peptide sequence, m any mcrement of (50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, 40, 39, 38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5) down to 5 ammo acids Certain peptide or protem sequences longer than 600 ammo acids are withm the scope of the invention Such longer sequences are within the scope of the mvention so long as they do not compπse any contiguous sequence of more than 600 amino acids that have 100% identity with a native peptide sequence, or if longer than 600 amino acids, they are a construct For any peptide that has five contiguous residues or less that correspond to a native sequence, there is no limitation on the maximal length of that peptide in order to fall withm the scope of the mvention It is presently preferred that a CTL epitope of the mvention be less than 600 residues long m any mcrement down to eight ammo acid residues "Human Leukocyte Antigen" or "HLA" is a human class I or class II Major Histocompatibihty Complex (MHC) protem (see, e g , Stites, et al , IMMUNOLOGY, 8™ ED , Lange Publishing, Los Altos, CA, 1994) An "HLA supertype or family", as used herem, describes sets of HLA molecules grouped on the basis of shared peptide-binding specificities HLA class I molecules that share somewhat similar bmding affinity for peptides bearing certain ammo acid motifs are grouped into HLA supertypes The terms HLA superfarmly, HLA supertype family, HLA family, and HLA xx-like molecules (where xx denotes a particular HLA type), are synonyms Throughout this disclosure, results are expressed in terms of 'TC 50 's " IC 50 is the concentration of peptide in a bindmg assay at which 50% inhibition of binding of a reference peptide is observed Given the conditions in which the assays are run (i e , limiting HLA proteins and labeled peptide concentrations), these values approximate K D values Assays for determining binding are described in detail, e g , in PCT publications WO 94/20127 and WO 94/03205 It should be noted that IC 50 values can change, often dramatically, if the assay conditions are vaned, and depending on the particular reagents used (e g , HLA preparation, etc ) For example, excessive concentrations of HLA molecules will mcrease the apparent measured IC 50 of a given ligand Alternatively, bindmg is expressed relative to a reference peptide Although as a particular assay becomes more, or less, sensitive, the ICso's of the peptides tested may change somewhat, the binding relative to the reference peptide will not significantly change For example, m an assay run under conditions such that the IC 50 of the reference peptide increases 10-fold, the IC 50 values of the test peptides will also shift approximately 10-fold Therefore, to avoid ambiguities, the assessment of whether a peptide is a good, mtermediate, weak, or negative bmder is generally based on its IC 50 , relative to the IC 50 of a standard peptide Bmdmg may also be determined using other assay systems mcludmg those using live cells (e g , Ceppellmi et al , Nature 339 392, 1989, Chπstnick et al , Nature 352 67, 1991 , Busch et al , Int Immunol 2 443, 19990, Hill et al , J Immunol 147 189, 1991, del Guercio et al , J Immunol 154 685, 1995), cell free systems usmg detergent lysates (e g , Cerundolo et al , J Immunol 21 2069, 1991), immobilized puπfied MHC (e g , Hill et al , J Immunol 152, 2890, 1994, Marshall et al , J Immunol 152 4946, 1994), ELISA systems (e g , Reay et al , EMBO J 11 2829, 1992), surface plasmon resonance (e g , Khilko et al , J Biol Chem 268 15425, 1993), high flux soluble phase assays (Hammer et al , J Exp Med 180 2353, 1994), and measurement of class I MHC stabilization or assembly (e g , Ljunggren et al , Nature 346 476, 1990, Schumacher et al , Cell 62 563, 1990, Townsend et al , Cell 62 285, 1990, Parker et al , J Immunol 149 1896, 1992) As used herem, "high affinity" with respect to HLA class I molecules is defined as bmdmg with an IC 50 , or K D value, of 50 nM or less, "intermediate affinity" is bmdmg with an IC 50 or K D value of between about 50 and about 500 nM "High affinity" with respect to bmdmg to HLA class II molecules is defined as bmdmg with an IC 50 or K D value of 100 nM or less, "mtermediate affinity" is bmdmg with an IC 50 or K D value of between about 100 and about 1000 nM The terms "identical" or percent "identity," in the context of two or more peptide sequences, refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of ammo acid residues that are the same, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a compaπson window, as measured using a sequence comparison algorithm or by manual alignment and visual mspection An "immunogenic peptide" or "peptide epitope" is a peptide that compnses an allele-specific motif or supermotif such that the peptide will bmd an HLA molecule and mduce a CTL and or HTL response Thus, immunogenic peptides of the invention are capable of binding to an appropriate HLA molecule and thereafter inducing a cytotoxic T cell response, or a helper T cell response, to the antigen from which the immunogenic peptide is derived. The phrases "isolated" or "biologically pure" refer to material which is substantially or essentially free from components which normally accompany the material as it is found in its native state. Thus, isolated peptides in accordance with the invention preferably do not contain materials normally associated with the peptides in their in situ environment. "Link" or "join" refers to any method known in the art for functionally connecting peptides, including, without limitation, recombinant fusion, covalent bonding, disulfide bonding, ionic bonding, hydrogen bonding, and electrostatic bonding. "Major Histocompatibility Complex" or "MHC" is a cluster of genes that plays a role in control of the cellular interactions responsible for physiologic immune responses. In humans, the MHC complex is also known as the HLA complex. For a detailed description of the MHC and HLA complexes, see, Paul, FUNDAMENTAL IMMUNOLOGY, 3 RD ED., Raven Press, New York, 1993. The term "motif refers to the pattern of residues in a peptide of defined length, usually a peptide of from about 8 to about 13 amino acids for a class I HLA motif and from about 6 to about 25 amino acids for a class II HLA motif, which is recognized by a particular HLA molecule. Peptide motifs are typically different for each protein encoded by each human HLA allele and differ in the pattern of the primary and secondary anchor residues. A "negative binding residue" or "deleterious residue" is an amino acid which, if present at certain positions (typically not primary anchor positions) in a peptide epitope, results in decreased binding affinity of the peptide for the peptide's corresponding HLA molecule. The term "peptide" is used interchangeably with "oligopeptide" in the present specification to designate a series of residues, typically L-amino acids, connected one to the other, typically by peptide bonds between the α-amino and carboxyl groups of adjacent amino acids. The preferred CTL-inducing peptides of the invention are 13 residues or less in length and usually consist of between about 8 and about 11 residues, preferably 9 or 10 residues. The preferred HTL-inducing oligopeptides are less than about 50 residues in length and usually consist of between about 6 and about 30 residues, more usually between about 12 and 25, and often between about 15 and 20 residues. "Pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to a generally non-toxic, inert, and/or physiologically compatible composition. A "pharmaceutical excipient" comprises a material such as an adjuvant, a carrier, pH-adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents, preservative, and the like. A "primary anchor residue" is an amino acid at a specific position along a peptide sequence which is understood to provide a contact point between the immunogenic peptide and the HLA molecule. One to three, usually two, primary anchor residues within a peptide of defined length generally defines a "motif for an immunogenic peptide. These residues are understood to fit in close contact with peptide binding grooves of an HLA molecule, with their side chains buried in specific pockets of the binding grooves themselves. In one embodiment, for example, the primary anchor residues are located at position 2 (from the amino terminal position) and at the carboxyl terminal position of a 9-residue peptide epitope in accordance with the invention. The primary anchor positions for each motif and supermotif are set forth in Table 1. For example, analog peptides can be created by altering the presence or absence of particular residues in these primary anchor positions. Such analogs are used to modulate the binding affinity of a peptide comprising a particular motif or supermotif. "Promiscuous recognition" is where a distinct peptide is recognized by the same T cell clone in the context of various HLA molecules. Promiscuous recognition or binding is synonymous with cross-reactive binding. A "protective immune response" or "therapeutic immune response" refers to a CTL and or an HTL response to an antigen derived from an infectious agent or a tumor antigen, which prevents or at least partially aπests disease symptoms or progression. The immune response may also include an antibody response which has been facilitated by the stimulation of helper T cells. The term "residue" refers to an amino acid or amino acid mimetic incorporated into an oligopeptide by an amide bond or amide bond mimetic. A "secondary anchor residue" is an amino acid at a position other than a primary anchor position in a peptide which may influence peptide binding. A secondary anchor residue occurs at a significantly higher frequency amongst bound peptides than would be expected by random distribution of amino acids at one position. The secondary anchor residues are said to occur at "secondary anchor positions." A secondary anchor residue can be identified as a residue which is present at a higher frequency among high or intermediate affinity binding peptides, or a residue otherwise associated with high or intermediate affinity binding. For example, analog peptides can be created by altering the presence or absence of particular residues in these secondary anchor positions. Such analogs are used to finely modulate the binding affinity of a peptide comprising a particular motif or supermotif. A "subdominant epitope" is an epitope which evokes little or no response upon immunization with whole antigens which comprise the epitope, but for which a response can be obtained by immunization with an isolated peptide, and this response (unlike the case of cryptic epitopes) is detected when whole protein is used to recall the response in vitro or in vivo. A "supermotif is a peptide binding specificity shared by HLA molecules encoded by two or more HLA alleles. Preferably, a supermotif-bearing peptide is recognized with high or intermediate affinity (as defined herein) by two or more HLA molecules. "Synthetic peptide" refers to a peptide that is man-made using such methods as chemical synthesis or recombinant DNA technology. As used herein, a "vaccine" is a composition that contains one or more peptides of the invention. There are numerous embodiments of vaccines in accordance with the invention, such as by a cocktail of one or more peptides; one or more epitopes of the mvention comprised by a polyepitopic peptide; or nucleic acids that encode such peptides or polypeptides, e.g., a minigene that encodes a polyepitopic peptide. The "one or more peptides" can include any whole unit integer from 1-150, e.g., at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40 , 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, or 150 or more peptides of the invention. The peptides or polypeptides can optionally be modified, such as by lipidation, addition of targeting or other sequences. HLA class I-binding peptides of the invention can be admixed with, or linked to, HLA class II-binding peptides, to facilitate activation of both cytotoxic T lymphocytes and helper T lymphocytes. Vaccines can also comprise peptide-pulsed antigen presenting cells, e.g., dendritic cells. The nomenclature used to describe peptide compounds follows the conventional practice wherein the amino group is presented to the left (the N-terminus) and the carboxyl group to the right (the C- terminus) of each amino acid residue. When amino acid residue positions are referred to in a peptide epitope they are numbered in an amino to carboxyl direction with position one being the position closest to the amino terminal end of the epitope, or the peptide or protein of which it may be a part. In the formulae representing selected specific embodiments of the present invention, the amino- and carboxyl-terminal groups, although not specifically shown, are in the form they would assume at physiologic pH values, unless otherwise specified. In the amino acid structure formulae, each residue is generally represented by standard three letter or single letter designations. The L-form of an amino acid residue is represented by a capital single letter or a capital first letter of a three-letter symbol, and the D-form for those amino acids having D-forms is represented by a lower case single letter or a lower case three letter symbol. Glycine has no asymmetric carbon atom and is simply referred to as "Gly" or G. The amino acid sequences of peptides set forth herein are generally designated using the standard single letter symbol. (A, Alanine; C, Cysteine; D, Aspartic Acid; E, Glutamic Acid; F, Phenylalanine; G, Glycine; H, Histidine; I, Isoleucine; K, Lysine; L, Leucine; M, Methionine; N, Asparagine; P, Proline; Q, Glutamine; R, Arginine; S, Serine; T, Threonine; V, Valine; W, Tryptophan; and Y, Tyrosine.) In addition to these symbols, "B"in the single letter abbreviations used herein designates α-amino butyric acid. IV.B. Stimulation of CTL and HTL responses The mechanism by which T cells recognize antigens has been delineated during the past ten years. Based on our understanding of the immune system we have developed efficacious peptide epitope vaccine compositions that can induce a therapeutic or prophylactic immune response to a TAA in a broad population. For an understanding of the value and efficacy of the claimed compositions, a brief review of immunology-related technology is provided. The review is intended to disclose the presently understood state of the art as of the filing date of the present application. Information is included in this section which was generated subsequent to the priority date of this application. Accordingly, information in this section is not intended, in any way, to delineate the priority date for the invention. A complex of an HLA molecule and a peptidic antigen acts as the ligand recognized by HLA- restricted T cells (Buus, S. et al, Cell 47:1071, 1986; Babbitt, B. P. et al, Nature 317:359, 1985; Townsend, A. and Bodmer, H., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 7:601, 1989; Germain, R. N., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 11 :403, 1993). Through the study of single amino acid substituted antigen analogs and the sequencing of endogenously bound, naturally processed peptides, critical residues that correspond to motifs required for specific binding to HLA antigen molecules have been identified and are described herein and are set forth in Tables I, II, and III (see also, e.g., Southwood, et al, J. Immunol 160:3363, 1998; Rammensee, et al, Immunogenetics 41:178, 1995; Rammensee et al, SYFPEITHI, access via web at : http://l 34.2.96.221/scripts.hlaserver.dll/home.htm; Sette, A. and Sidney, J. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 10:478, 1998; Engelhard, V. H., Curr. Opin. Immunol. 6:13, 1994; Sette, A. and Grey, H. M., Curr. Opin. Immunol 4:79, 1992; Sinigaglia, F. and Hammer, J. Curr. Biol 6:52, 1994; Ruppert et al, Cell 74:929-937, 1993; Kondo et al, J. Immunol. 155:4307-4312, 1995; Sidney et al, J. Immunol. 157:3480-3490, 1996; Sidney et al, Human Immunol. 45:79-93, 1996; Sette, A. and Sidney, J. Immunogenetics 1999 Nov;50(3-4):201-12, Review). Furthermore, x-ray crystallographic analysis of HLA-peptide complexes has revealed pockets within the peptide binding cleft of HLA molecules which accommodate, in an allele-specific mode, residues borne by peptide ligands; these residues in turn determine the HLA binding capacity of the peptides in 5 which they are present. (See, e.g., Madden, D.R. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 13:587, 1995; Smith, et al, Immunity 4:203, 1996; Fremont et al, Immunity 8:305, 1998; Stern et al, Structure 2:245, 1994; Jones, E.Y. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 9:75, 1997; Brown, J. H. et al, Nature 364:33, 1993; Guo, H. C. et al, Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 90:8053, 1993; Guo, H. C. et al, Nature 360:364, 1992; Silver, M. L. et al, Nature 360:367, 1992; Matsumura, M. et al., Science 257:927, 1992; Madden et al, Cell 70:1035, 1992; Fremont, D. H. et al, Science 257:919, 1992; Saper, M. A. , Bjorkman, P. J. and Wiley, D. C, J. Mol. Biol. 219:277, 1991.) Accordingly, the definition of class I and class II allele-specific HLA binding motifs, or class I or class II supermotifs allows identification of regions within a protein that have the potential of binding particular HLA molecules. The present inventors have found that the correlation of binding affinity with immunogenicity, which is disclosed herein, is an important factor to be considered when evaluating candidate peptides. Thus, by a combination of motif searches and HLA-peptide binding assays, candidates for epitope-based vaccines have been identified. After determining their binding affinity, additional confirmatory work can be performed to select, amongst these vaccine candidates, epitopes with prefeπed characteristics in terms of population coverage, antigenicity, and immunogenicity. Various strategies can be utilized to evaluate immunogenicity, including: 1) Evaluation of primary T cell cultures from normal individuals (see, e.g., Wentworth, P. A. et al., Mol. Immunol. 32:603, 1995; Celis, E. et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:2105, 1994; Tsai, V. et al, J. Immunol. 158:1796, 1997; Kawashima, I. etal, Human Immunol 59:1, 1998); This procedure involves the stimulation of peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBL) from normal subjects with a test peptide in the presence of antigen presenting cells in vitro over a period of several weeks. T cells specific for the peptide become activated during this time and are detected using, e.g., a ^^Cr-release assay involving peptide sensitized target cells. 2) Immunization of HLA transgenic mice (see, e.g., Wentworth, P. A. et al, J. Immunol. 26:97, 1996; Wentworth, P. A. et al, Int. Immunol. 8:651, 1996; Alexander, J. et al, J. Immunol. 159:4753, 1997); In this method, peptides in incomplete Freund's adjuvant are administered subcutaneously to HLA transgenic mice. Several weeks following immunization, splenocytes are removed and cultured in vitro in the presence of test peptide for approximately one week. Peptide-specific T cells are detected using, e.g., a -> lCr-release assay involving peptide sensitized target cells and target cells expressing endogenously generated antigen. 3) Demonstration of recall T cell responses from patients who have been effectively vaccinated or who have a tumor; (see, e.g. , Rehermann, B. et al. , J. Exp. Med. 181 : 1047, 1995 ; Doolan, D. L. et al. , Immunity 7:97, 1997; Bertoni, R. et al, J. Clin. Invest. 100:503, 1997; Threlkeld, S. C. et al, J. Immunol. 159 1648, 1997, Diepolder, H M et al , J Virol 71 6011, 1997, Tsang et al , J Natl Cancer Inst 87 982- 990, 1995, Disis et al , J Immunol 156 3151-3158, 1996) In applying this strategy, recall responses are detected by cultuπng PBL from patients with cancer who have generated an immune response "naturally", or from patients who were vaccinated with tumor antigen vaccines PBL from subjects are cultured in vitro for 1-2 weeks m the presence of test peptide plus antigen presentmg cells (APC) to allow activation of "memory" T cells, as compared to "naive" T cells At the end of the culture period, T cell activity is detected usmg assays for T cell activity mcludmg -^Cr release involving peptide-sensitized targets, T cell proliferation, or lymphokme release The following describes the peptide epitopes and coπesponding nucleic acids of the invention IV.C. Binding Affinity of Peptide Epitopes for HLA Molecules As mdicated herem, the large degree of HLA polymorphism is an important factor to be taken into account with the epitope-based approach to vaccme development To address this factor, epitope selection encompassing identification of peptides capable of bmdmg at high or mtermediate affinity to multiple HLA molecules is preferably utilized, most preferably these epitopes bmd at high or intermediate affinity to two or more allele-specific HLA molecules CTL-inducmg peptides of mterest for vaccme compositions preferably include those that have an IC 50 or bmdmg affinity value for class I HLA molecules of 500 nM or better (1 e , the value is < 500 nM) HTL-mducmg peptides preferably mclude those that have an IC 50 or bmdmg affinity value for class II HLA molecules of 1000 nM or better, (1 e , the value is ≤ 1,000 nM) For example, peptide bmdmg is assessed by testmg the capacity of a candidate peptide to bind to a purified HLA molecule in vitro Peptides exhibiting high or mtermediate affinity are then considered for further analysis Selected peptides are tested on other members of the supertype family In prefeπed embodiments, peptides that exhibit cross-reactive bmdmg are then used m cellular screenmg analyses or vaccmes As disclosed herem, higher HLA bmdmg affinity is coπelated with greater immunogenicity Greater immunogenicity can be manifested m several different ways Immunogenicity conesponds to whether an immune response is elicited at all, and to the vigor of any particular response, as well as to the extent of a population in which a response is elicited For example, a peptide might elicit an immune response in a diverse aπay of the population, yet in no instance produce a vigorous response Moreover, higher bmdmg affinity peptides lead to more vigorous immunogenic responses As a result, less peptide is required to elicit a similar biological effect if a high or mtermediate affinity bmdmg peptide is used Thus, in prefeπed embodiments of the mvention, high or intermediate affinity bindmg epitopes are particularly useful The relationship between bmdmg affinity for HLA class I molecules and immunogenicity of discrete peptide epitopes on bound antigens has been determmed for the first time m the art by the present inventors The conelation between bindmg affinity and immunogenicity was analyzed in two different experimental approaches (see, e g , Sette, et al . J Immunol 153 5586-5592, 1994) In the first approach, the immunogenicity of potential epitopes ranging in HLA binding affinity over a 10,000-fold range was analyzed m HLA-A*0201 transgenic mice In the second approach, the antigenicity of approximately 100 different hepatitis B virus (HBV)-deπved potential epitopes, all carrying A*0201 bmdmg motifs, was assessed by using PBL from acute hepatitis patients. Pursuant to these approaches, it was determined that an affinity threshold value of approximately 500 nM (preferably 50 nM or less) determines the capacity of a peptide epitope to elicit a CTL response. These data are true for class I binding affinity measurements for naturally processed peptides and for synthesized T cell epitopes. These data also indicate the important role of determinant selection in the shaping of T cell responses (see, e.g., Schaeffer et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 86:4649-4653, 1989). An affinity threshold associated with immunogenicity in the context of HLA class II DR molecules has also been delineated (see, e.g., Southwood et al J. Immunology 160:3363-3373,1998, and co-pending U.S.S.N. 09/009,953 filed 1/21/98). In order to define a biologically significant threshold of DR binding affinity, a database of the binding affinities of 32 DR-restricted epitopes for their restricting element (i.e., the HLA molecule that binds the motif) was compiled. In approximately half of the cases (15 of 32 epitopes), DR restriction was associated with high binding affinities, i.e. binding affinity values of 100 nM or less. In the other half of the cases (16 of 32), DR restriction was associated with intermediate affinity (binding affinity values in the 100-1000 nM range). In only one of 32 cases was DR restriction associated with an IC 50 of 1000 nM or greater. Thus, 1000 nM can be defined as an affinity threshold associated with immunogenicity in the context of DR molecules. In the case of tumor-associated antigens, many CTL peptide epitopes that have been shown to induce CTL that lyse peptide-pulsed target cells and tumor cell targets endogenously expressing the epitope exhibit binding affinity or IC 50 values of 200 nM or less. In a study that evaluated the association of binding affinity and immunogenicity of such TAA epitopes, 100% (10/10) of the high binders, i.e., peptide epitopes binding at an affinity of 50 nM or less, were immunogenic and 80% (8/10) of them elicited CTLs that specifically recognized tumor cells. In the 51 to 200 nM range, very similar figures were obtained. CTL inductions positive for peptide and tumor cells were noted for 86% (6/7) and 71% (5/7) of the peptides, respectively. In the 201-500 nM range, most peptides (4/5 wildtype) were positive for induction of CTL recognizing wildtype peptide, but tumor recognition was not detected. The binding affinity of peptides for HLA molecules can be determined as described in Example 1, below. IV.D. Peptide Epitope Binding Motifs and Supermotifs Through the study of single amino acid substituted antigen analogs and the sequencing of endogenously bound, naturally processed peptides, critical residues required for allele-specific binding to HLA molecules have been identified. The presence of these residues coπelates with binding affinity for HLA molecules. The identification of motifs and/or supermotifs that coπelate with high and intermediate affinity binding is an important issue with respect to the identification of immunogenic peptide epitopes for the inclusion in a vaccine. Kast et al. (J. Immunol. 152:3904-3912, 1994) have shown that motif-bearing peptides account for 90% of the epitopes that bind to allele-specific HLA class I molecules. In this study all possible peptides of 9 amino acids in length and overlapping by eight amino acids (240 peptides), which cover the entire sequence of the E6 and E7 proteins of human papillomavirus type 16, were evaluated for binding to five allele-specific HLA molecules that are expressed at high frequency among different ethnic groups. This unbiased set of peptides allowed an evaluation of the predictive value of HLA class I motifs. From the set of 240 peptides, 22 peptides were identified that bound to an allele-specific HLA molecule with high or intermediate affinity Of these 22 peptides, 20 (i e 91%) were motif-bearing Thus, this study demonstrates the value of motifs for the identification of peptide epitopes for inclusion in a vaccine application of motif-based identification techniques will identify about 90% of the potential epitopes in a target antigen protein sequence Such peptide epitopes are identified in the Tables described below Peptides of the present mvention also comprise epitopes that bmd to MHC class II DR molecules A greater degree of heterogeneity m both size and bmding frame position of the motif, relative to the N and C termini of the peptide, exists for class II peptide ligands This increased heterogeneity of HLA class II peptide ligands is due to the structure of the bmding groove of the HLA class II molecule which, unlike its class I counterpart, is open at both ends Crystallographic analysis of HLA class II DRB*0101 -peptide complexes showed that the major energy of bmdmg is contributed by peptide residues complexed with complementary pockets on the DRB*0101 molecules An important anchor residue engages the deepest hydrophobic pocket (see, eg , Madden, D R Ann Rev Immunol 13 587, 1995) and is refened to as position 1 (PI) PI may represent the N-termmal residue of a class II bmding peptide epitope, but more typically is flanked towards the N-terminus by one or more residues Other studies have also pomted to an important role for the peptide residue m the 6* position towards the C-terminus, relative to PI, for binding to various DR molecules In the past few years evidence has accumulated to demonstrate that a large fraction of HLA class I and class II molecules can be classified into a relatively few supertypes, each characterized by largely overlappmg peptide bindmg repertoires, and consensus structures of the ma peptide bindmg pockets Thus, peptides of the present invention are identified by any one of several HLA-specific amino acid motifs (see, e g , Tables I-III), or if the presence of the motif conesponds to the ability to bmd several allele- specific HLA molecules, a supermotif The HLA molecules that bind to peptides that possess a particular amino acid supermotif are collectively refened to as an HLA "supertype " The peptide motifs and supermotifs described below, and summarized m Tables I-III, provide guidance for the identification and use of peptide epitopes in accordance with the invention Examples of peptide epitopes bearing a respective supermotif or motif are included m Tables as designated in the description of each motif or supermotif below The Tables include a bindmg affinity ratio listing for some of the peptide epitopes The ratio may be converted to IC 50 by using the following formula IC 50 of the standard peptide/ratio = IC 50 of the test peptide (1 e , the peptide epitope) The IC 50 values of standard peptides used to determine binding affinities for Class I peptides are shown in Table IV The IC 50 values of standard peptides used to determine bmdmg affinities for Class II peptides are shown m Table V The peptides used as standards for the bindmg assays described herem are examples of standards, alternative standard peptides can also be used when performing bmding studies To obtain the peptide epitope sequences listed in each of Tables VII-XX. the amino acid sequence of HER2/neu was evaluated for the presence of the designated supermotif or motif, 1 e , the ammo acid sequence was searched for the presence of the primary anchor residues as set out in Table I (for Class I motifs) or Table III (for Class II motifs) for each respective motif or supermotif In the Tables, motif- and/or supermotif-bearing epitopes in the HER2/neu sequence are mdicated by position number and length of the epitope with reference to the HER2/neu sequence and numbering provided below. The "pos" (position) column designates the amino acid position in the HER2/neu protem sequence that conesponds to the first ammo acid residue of the epitope The "number of amino acids" indicates the number of residues m the epitope sequence and hence the length of the epitope For example, the first peptide epitope listed in Table VII is a sequence of 8 residues m length starting at position 66 Accordmgly, the am o acid sequence of the epitope is PTNASLSF Bmding data presented in Tables VII-XX is expressed as a relative bmdmg ratio, supra HER2/neu amino acid sequence 1 MELAALCRWG LLLALLPPGA ASTQVCTGTD MKLRLPASPE THLDMLRHLY QGCQWQGNL 60 ELTYLPTNAS LSFLQDIQEV QGYVLIAHNQ VRQVPLQRLR IVRGTQLFED NYALAVLDNG 120 DPLNNTTPVT GASPGGLREL QLRSLTEILK GGVLIQRNPQ LCYQDTILWK DIFHKNNQLA 180 LTLIDTNRSR ACHPCSPMCK GSRCWGESSE DCQSLTRTVC AGGCARCKGP LPTDCCHEQC 240 AAGCTGPKHS DCLACLHFNH SGICELHCPA LVTYNTDTFE SMPNPEGRYT FGASCVTACP 300 YNYLSTDVGS CTLVCPLHNQ EVTAEDGTQR CEKCSKPCAR VCYGLGMEHL REVRAVTSAN 360 IQEFAGCKKI FGSLAFLPES FDGDPASNTA PLQPEQLQVF ETLEEITGYL YISA PDSLP 420 DLSVFQNLQV IRGRILHNGA YSLTLQGLGI S LGLRSLRE LGSGLALIHH NTHLCFVHTV 480 PWDQLFRNPH QALLHTANRP EDECVGEGLA CHQLCARGHC WGPGPTQCVN CSQFLRGQEC 540 VEECRVLQGL PREYVNARHC LPCHPECQPQ NGSVTCFGPE ADQCVACAHY KDPPFCVARC 600 PSGVKPDLSY MPI KFPDEE GACQPCPINC THSCVDLDDK GCPAEQRASP LTSIISAWG 660 ILLWVLGW FGILIKRRQQ KIRKYTMRRL LQETELVEPL TPSGAMPNQA QMRILKETEL 720 RKVKVLGSGA FGTVYKGI I PDGENVKIPV AIKVLRENTS PKANKEILDE AYVMAGVGSP 780 YVSRLLGICL TSTVQLVTQL MPYGCLLDHV RENRGRLGSQ DLLNWCMQIA KGMSYLEDVR 840 LVHRDLAARN VLVKSPNHVK ITDFGLARLL DIDETEYHAD GGKVPIKWMA LESILRRRFT 900 HQSDV SYGV TVWELMTFGA KPYDGIPARE IPDLLEKGER LPQPPICTID VYMIMVKCW 960 IDSECRPRFR ELVSEFSRMA RDPQRFWIQ NEDLGPASPL DSTFYRSLLE DDDMGDLVDA 1020 EEYLVPQQGF FCPDPAPGAG GMVHHRHRSS STRSGGGDLT LGLEPSEEEA PRSPLAPSEG 1080 AGSDVFDGDL GMGAAKGLQS LPTHDPSPLQ RYSEDPTVPL PSETDGYVAP LTCSPQPEYV 1140 NQPDVRPQPP SPREGPLPAA RPAGATLERP KTLSPGKNGV VKDVFAFGGA VENPEYLTPQ 1200 GGAAPQPHPP PAFSPAFDNL YY DQDPPER GAPPSTFKGT PTAENPEYLG LDVPV 1255 HLA Class I Motifs Indicative of CTL Inducing Peptide Epitopes: The primary anchor residues of the HLA class I peptide epitope supermotifs and motifs delineated below are summarized in Table I. The HLA class I motifs set out in Table 1(a) are those most particularly relevant to the invention claimed here. Primary and secondary anchor positions are summarized in Table II. Allele-specific HLA molecules that comprise HLA class I supertype families are listed in Table VI. In some cases, peptide epitopes may be listed in both a motif and a supermotif Table. The relationship of a particular motif and respective supermotif is indicated in the description of the individual motifs. IV.D.1. HLA-Al supermotif The HLA-Al supermotif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of a small (T or S) or hydrophobic (L, I, V, or M) primary anchor residue in position 2, and an aromatic (Y, F, or W) primary anchor residue at the C-terminal position of the epitope. The conesponding family of HLA molecules that bind to the Al supermotif (i.e., the HLA-Al supertype) is comprised of at least: A*0101, A*2601, A*2602, A*2501, and A*3201 (see, e.g., DiBrino, M. et al, J. Immunol. 151:5930, 1993; DiBrino, M. et al, J. Immunol 152:620, 1994; Kondo, A. et al, Immunogenetics 45:249, 1997). Other allele-specific HLA molecules predicted to be members of the A 1 superfamily are shown in Table VI. Peptides binding to each of the individual HLA proteins can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the supermotif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the Al supermotif are set forth in Table VII. IV.D.2. HLA-A2 supermotif Primary anchor specificities for allele-specific HLA-A2.1 molecules (see, e.g., Falk et al, Nature 351:290-296, 1991; Hunt et al, Science 255:1261-1263, 1992; Parker et al. , J. Immunol. 149:3580-3587, 1992; Ruppert et al, Cell 74:929-937, 1993) and cross-reactive binding among HLA-A2 and -A28 molecules have been described. (See, e.g., Fruci et al, Human Immunol. 38: 187-192, 1993; Tanigaki et al, Human Immunol. 39:155-162, 1994; Del Guercio et al, J. Immunol. 154:685-693, 1995; Kast et al, J. Immunol. 152:3904-3912, 1994 for reviews of relevant data.) These primary anchor residues define the HLA-A2 supermotif; which presence in peptide ligands conesponds to the ability to bind several different HLA-A2 and -A28 molecules. The HLA-A2 supermotif comprises peptide ligands with L, I, V, M, A, T, or Q as a primary anchor residue at position 2 and L, I, V, M, A, or T as a primary anchor residue at the C- terminal position of the epitope. The coπesponding family of HLA molecules (i.e., the HLA-A2 supertype that binds these peptides) is comprised of at least: A*0201, A*0202, A*0203, A*0204, A*0205, A*0206, A*0207, A*0209, A*0214, A*6802, and A*6901. Other allele-specific HLA molecules predicted to be members of the A2 superfamily are shown in Table VI. As explained in detail below, binding to each of the individual allele-specific HLA molecules can be modulated by substitutions at the primary anchor and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the supermotif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise an A2 supermotif are set forth in Table VIII The motifs compnsmg the primary anchor residues V, A, T, or Q at position 2 and L, I, V, A, or T at the C- terminal position are those most particularly relevant to the invention claimed herein IV.D.3. HLA-A3 supermotif The HLA-A3 supermotif is charactenzed by the presence m peptide ligands of A, L, I, V, M, S, or, T as a primary anchor at position 2, and a positively charged residue, R or K, at the C-terminal position of the epitope, eg , position 9 of 9-mers (see, e g , Sidney et al , Hum Immunol 45 79, 1996) Exemplary members of the conesponding family of HLA molecules (the HLA-A3 supertype) that bind the A3 supermotif include at least A*0301, A*1101, A*3101, A*3301, and A*6801 Other allele-specific HLA molecules predicted to be members of the A3 supertype are shown m Table VI As explamed m detail below, peptide bmdmg to each of the individual allele-specific HLA proteins can be modulated by substitutions of ammo acids at the primary and/or secondary anchor positions of the peptide, preferably choosmg respective residues specified for the supermotif Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the A3 supermotif are set forth in Table IX IV.D.4. HLA-A24 supermotif The HLA-A24 supermotif is charactenzed by the presence m peptide ligands of an aromatic (F, W, or Y) or hydrophobic aliphatic (L, I, V, M, or T) residue as a primary anchor in position 2, and Y, F, W, L, I, or M as primary anchor at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e g , Sette and Sidney, Immunogenetics 1999 Nov, 50(3-4) 201-12, Review) The coπesponding family of HLA molecules that bmd to the A24 supermotif (i , the A24 supertype) mcludes at least A*2402, A*3001, and A*2301 Other allele-specific HLA molecules predicted to be members of the A24 supertype are shown m Table VI Peptide bmdmg to each of the allele-specific HLA molecules can be modulated by substitutions at primary and or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosmg respective residues specified for the supermotif Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the A24 supermotif are set forth in Table X IV.D.5. HLA-B7 supermotif The HLA-B7 supermotif is characterized by peptides bearing prohne m position 2 as a primary anchor, and a hydrophobic or aliphatic amino acid (L, I, V, M, A, F, W, or Y) as the primary anchor at the C-terminal position of the epitope The coπesponding family of HLA molecules that bmd the B7 supermotif (i e , the HLA-B7 supertype) is compnsed of at least twenty six HLA-B proteins compnsmg at least B*0702, B*0703, B*0704, B*0705, B*1508, B*3501, B*3502, B*3503, B*3504, B*3505, B*3506, B*3507, B*3508, B*5101, B*5102, B*5103, B*5104, B*5105, B*5301, B*5401, B*5501, B*5502, B*5601, B*5602, B*6701, and B*7801 (see, e g , Sidney, et al , J Immunol 154 247, 1995, Barber, et al , Curr Biol 5 179, 1995, Hill, et al, Nature 360 434, 1992, Rammensee, et al, Immunogenetics 41 178, 1995 for reviews of relevant data) Other allele-specific HLA molecules predicted to be members of the B7 supertype are shown m Table VI As explained m detail below, peptide bmdmg to each of the individual allele-specific HLA protems can be modulated by substitutions at the primary and/or secondary anchor positions of the peptide, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the supermotif Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the B7 supermotif are set forth in Table XI. IV.D.6. HLA-B27 supermotif The HLA-B27 supermotif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of a positively charged (R, H, or K) residue as a primary anchor at position 2, and a hydrophobic (F, Y, L, W, M, I, A, or V) residue as a primary anchor at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e.g., Sidney and Sette, Immunogenetics 1999 Nov;50(3-4):201-12, Review). Exemplary members of the conesponding family of HLA molecules that bind to the B27 supermotif (i.e., the B27 supertype) include at least B*1401, B*1402, B*1509, B*2702, B*2703, B*2704, B*2705, B*2706, B*3801, B*3901, B*3902, and B*7301. Other allele-specific HLA molecules predicted to be members of the B27 supertype are shown in Table VI. Peptide binding to each of the allele-specific HLA molecules can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the supermotif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the B27 supermotif are set forth in Table XII. IV.D.7. HLA-B44 supermotif The HLA-B44 supermotif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of negatively charged (D or E) residues as a primary anchor in position 2, and hydrophobic residues (F, W, Y, L, I, M, V, or A) as a primary anchor at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e.g., Sidney et al., Immunol Today 17:261, 1996). Exemplary members of the conesponding family of HLA molecules that bind to the B44 supermotif (i.e., the B44 supertype) include at least: B*1801, B*1802, B*3701, B*4001, B*4002, B*4006, B*4402, B*4403, and B*4404. Peptide binding to each of the allele-specific HLA molecules can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions; preferably choosing respective residues specified for the supermotif. IV.D.8. HLA-B58 supermotif The HLA-B58 supermotif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of a small aliphatic residue (A, S, or T) as a primary anchor residue at position 2, and an aromatic or hydrophobic residue (F, W, Y, L, I, V, M, or A) as a primary anchor residue at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e.g., Sidney and Sette, Immunogenetics 1999 Nov;50(3-4):201-12, Review). Exemplary members of the conesponding family of HLA molecules that bind to the B58 supermotif (i.e., the B58 supertype) include at least: B*1516, B*1517, B*5701, B*5702, and B*5801. Other allele-specific HLA molecules predicted to be members of the B58 supertype are shown in Table VI. Peptide binding to each of the allele-specific HLA molecules can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the supermotif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the B58 supermotif are set forth in Table XIII. IV.D.9. HLA-B62 supermotif The HLA-B62 supermotif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of the polar aliphatic residue Q or a hydrophobic aliphatic residue (L, V, M, I, or P) as a primary anchor in position 2, and a hydrophobic residue (F, W, Y, M, I, V, L, or A) as a primary anchor at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e g , Sidney and Sette, Immunogenetics 1999 Nov, 50(3-4) 201-12, Review) Exemplary members of the conesponding family of HLA molecules that bmd to the B62 supermotif (J e , the B62 supertype) mclude at least: B* 1501, B*1502, B* 1513, and B5201. Other allele-specific HLA molecules predicted to be members of the B62 supertype are shown in Table VI. Peptide bindmg to each of the allele- specific HLA molecules can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosmg respective residues specified for the supermotif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the B62 supermotif are set forth m Table XIV. IV.D.10. HLA-Al motif The HLA-Al motif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of T, S, or M as a primary anchor residue at position 2 and the presence of Y as a primary anchor residue at the C-termmal position of the epitope An alternative allele-specific A 1 motif is characterized by a primary anchor residue at position 3 rather than position 2. This motif is characterized by the presence of D, E, A, or S as a primary anchor residue m position 3, and a Y as a primary anchor residue at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e g , DiBrino et al , J. Immunol., 152:620, 1994; Kondo et al , Immunogenetics 45:249, 1997; and Kubo et al , J Immunol 152:3913, 1994 for reviews of relevant data). Peptide bmdmg to HLA-Al can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the motif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise either Al motif are set forth m Table XV. Those epitopes comprising T, S, or M at position 2 and Y at the C-terrmnal position are also included m the listing of HLA-Al supermotif-bearing peptide epitopes listed m Table VII, as these residues are a subset of the Al supermotif primary anchors. IV.D.11. HLA-A*0201 motif An HLA-A2*0201 motif was determined to be charactenzed by the presence m peptide ligands of L or M as a primary anchor residue m position 2, and L or V as a primary anchor residue at the C-terminal position of a 9-resιdue peptide (see, e g , Falk et al , Nature 351 : 290-296, 1991) and was further found to compnse an I at position 2 and I or A at the C-termmal position of a nme amino acid peptide (see, e g , Hunt et al , Science 255: 1261-1263, March 6, 1992; Parker et al , J Immunol 149-3580-3587, 1992). The A*0201 allele-specific motif has also been defined by the present mventors to additionally comprise V, A, T, or Q as a primary anchor residue at position 2, and M or T as a primary anchor residue at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e g , Kast et al , J Immunol 152-3904-3912, 1994) Thus, the HLA-A*0201 motif comprises peptide ligands with L, I, V, M, A, T, or Q as primary anchor residues at position 2 and L, I, V, M, A, or T as a primary anchor residue at the C-terrmnal position of the epitope. The prefeπed and tolerated residues that characterize the primary anchor positions of the HLA-A*0201 motif are identical to the residues descπbmg the A2 supermotif. (For reviews of relevant data, see, e g , del Guercio et al , J Immunol 154 685-693, 1995, Ruppert et al , Cell 74:929-937, 1993; Sidney et al , Immunol Today 17 261- 266, 1996, Sette and Sidney, Curr Opin in Immunol 10 478-482, 1998). Secondary anchor residues that charactenze the A*0201 motif have additionally been defined (see, e g , Ruppert et al , Cell 74.929-937, 1993). These are shown in Table II Peptide bmdmg to HLA-A*0201 molecules can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the motif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise an A*0201 motif are set forth in Table VIII. The A*0201 motifs comprising the primary anchor residues V, A, T, or Q at position 2 and L, I, V, A, or T at the C-terminal position are those most particularly relevant to the invention claimed herein. IV.D.12. HLA-A3 motif The HLA-A3 motif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of L, M, V, I, S, A, T, F, C, G, or D as a primary anchor residue at position 2, and the presence of K, sY, R, H, F, or A as a primary anchor residue at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e.g., DiBrino et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 90:1508, 1993; and Kubo et al, J. Immunol. 152:3913-3924, 1994). Peptide binding to HLA-A3 can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the motif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the A3 motif are set forth in Table XVI. Those peptide epitopes that also comprise the A3 supermotif are also listed in Table IX. The A3 supermotif primary anchor residues comprise a subset of the A3- and Al 1 -allele specific motif primary anchor residues. IV.D.13. HLA-A11 motif The HLA-Al 1 motif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of V, T, M, L, I, S, A, G, N, C, D, or F as a primary anchor residue in position 2, and K, R, Y, or H as a primary anchor residue at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e.g., Zhang et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 90:2217-2221, 1993; and Kubo et al, J. Immunol. 152:3913-3924, 1994). Peptide binding to HLA-Al 1 can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the motif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the Al 1 motif are set forth in Table XVII; peptide epitopes comprising the A3 allele-specific motif are also present in this Table because of the extensive overlap between the A3 and Al 1 motif primary anchor specificities. Further, those peptide epitopes that comprise the A3 supermotif are also listed in Table IX. IV.D.14. HLA-A24 motif The HLA-A24 motif is characterized by the presence in peptide ligands of Y, F, W, or M as a primary anchor residue in position 2, and F, L, I, or W as a primary anchor residue at the C-terminal position of the epitope (see, e.g., Kondo et al, J. Immunol. 155:4307-4312, 1995; and Kubo et al, J. Immunol. 152:3913-3924, 1994). Peptide binding to HLA-A24 molecules can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions; preferably choosing respective residues specified for the motif. Representative peptide epitopes that comprise the A24 motif are set forth in Table XVIII. These epitopes are also listed in Table X, which sets forth HLA-A24-supermotif-bearing peptide epitopes, as the primary anchor residues characterizing the A24 allele-specific motif comprise a subset of the A24 supermotif primary anchor residues. Motifs Indicative of Class II HTL Inducing Peptide Epitopes The primary and secondary anchor residues of the HLA class II peptide epitope supermotifs and motifs delineated below are summarized in Table III. IV.D.15. HLA DR-1-4-7 supermotif Motifs have also been identified for peptides that bind to three common HLA class II allele- specific HLA molecules: HLA DRB 1*0401, DRB 1 *0101 , and DRB 1*0701 (see, e.g. , the review by Southwood et al. J. Immunology 160:3363-3373,1998). Collectively, the common residues from these motifs delineate the HLA DR-1-4-7 supermotif. Peptides that bind to these DR molecules carry a supermotif characterized by a large aromatic or hydrophobic residue (Y, F, W, L, I, V, or M) as a primary anchor residue in position 1, and a small, non-charged residue (S, T, C, A, P, V, I, L, or M) as a primary anchor residue in position 6 of a 9-mer core region. Allele-specific secondary effects and secondary anchors for each of these HLA types have also been identified (Southwood et al, supra). These are set forth in Table III. Peptide binding to HLA- DRB1*0401, DRB1*0101, and or DRB1*0701 can be modulated by substitutions at primary and or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the supermotif. Potential epitope 9-mer core regions comprising the DR-1-4-7 supermotif, wherein position 1 of the supermotif is at position 1 of the nine-residue core, are set forth in Table XIX. Respective exemplary peptide epitopes of 15 amino acid residues in length, each of which comprise a nine residue core, are also shown, along with cross-reactive binding data for the exemplary 15-residue peptides. IV.D.16. HLA DR3 motifs Two alternative motifs (i.e., submotifs) characterize peptide epitopes that bind to HLA-DR3 molecules (see, e.g., Geluk et al, J. Immunol. 152:5742, 1994). In the first motif (submotif DR3a) a large, hydrophobic residue (L, I, V, M, F, or Y) is present in anchor position 1 of a 9-mer core, and D is present as an anchor at position 4, towards the carboxyl terminus of the epitope. As in other class II motifs, core position 1 may or may not occupy the peptide N-terminal position. The alternative DR3 submotif provides for lack of the large, hydrophobic residue at anchor position 1, and/or lack of the negatively charged or amide-like anchor residue at position 4, by the presence of a positive charge at position 6 towards the carboxyl terminus of the epitope. Thus, for the alternative allele-specific DR3 motif (submotif DR3b): L, I, V, M, F, Y, A, or Y is present at anchor position 1; D, N, Q, E, S, or T is present at anchor position 4; and K, R, or H is present at anchor position 6. Peptide binding to HLA-DR3 can be modulated by substitutions at primary and/or secondary anchor positions, preferably choosing respective residues specified for the motif. Potential peptide epitope 9-mer core regions conesponding to a nine residue sequence comprising the DR3a submotif (wherein position 1 of the motif is at position 1 of the nine residue core) are set forth in Table XXa. Respective exemplary peptide epitopes of 15 amino acid residues in length, each of which comprise the nine residue core, are also shown in Table XXa along with binding data for the exemplary peptides. Potential peptide epitope 9-mer core regions comprising the DR3b submotif and respective exemplary 15-mer peptides comprising the DR3 submotif-b epitope are set forth in Table XXb along with binding data for the exemplary peptides. Each of the HLA class I or class II peptide epitopes set out in the Tables herein are deemed singly to be an inventive aspect of this application. Further, it is also an inventive aspect of this application that each peptide epitope may be used in combination with any other peptide epitope. IV.E. Enhancing Population Coverage of the Vaccine Vaccines that have broad population coverage are prefeπed because they are more commercially viable and generally applicable to the most people. Broad population coverage can be obtained using the peptides of the invention (and nucleic acid compositions that encode such peptides) through selecting peptide epitopes that bind to HLA alleles which, when considered in total, are present in most of the population. Table XXI lists the overall frequencies of the HLA class I supertypes in various ethnicities (Table XXIa) and the combined population coverage achieved by the A2-, A3-, and B7-supertypes (Table XXIb). The A2-, A3-, and B7 supertypes are each present on the average of over 40% in each of these five major ethnic groups. Coverage in excess of 80% is achieved with a combination of these supermotifs. These results suggest that effective and non-ethnically biased population coverage is achieved upon use of a limited number of cross-reactive peptides. Although the population coverage reached with these three main peptide specificities is high, coverage can be expanded to reach 95% population coverage and above, and more easily achieve truly multispecific responses upon use of additional supermotif or allele-specific motif bearing peptides. The B44-, A1-, and A24-supertypes are each present, on average, in a range from 25% to 40% in these major ethnic populations (Table XXIa). While less prevalent overall, the B27-, B58-, and B62 supertypes are each present with a frequency >25% in at least one major ethnic group (Table XXIa). Table XXIb summarizes the estimated prevalence of combinations of HLA supertypes that have been identified in five major ethnic groups. The incremental coverage obtained by the inclusion of Al,- A24-, and B44- supertypes to the A2, A3, and B7 coverage and coverage obtained with all of the supertypes described herein, is shown. The data presented herein, together with the previous definition of the A2-, A3-, and B7- supertypes, indicates that all antigens, with the possible exception of A29, B8, and B46, can be classified into a total of nine HLA supertypes. By including epitopes from the six most frequent supertypes, an average population coverage of 99% is obtained for five major ethnic groups. IV.F. Immune Response-Stimulating Peptide Analogs In general, CTL and HTL responses are not directed against all possible epitopes. Rather, they are restricted to a few "immunodominant" determinants (Zinkernagel, et al, Adv. Immunol. 27:5159, 1979; Bennink, et al, J. Exp. Med. 168:19351939, 1988; Rawle, et al, J. Immunol. 146:3977-3984, 1991). It has been recognized that immunodominance (Benacenaf, et al, Science 175:273-279, 1972) could be explained by either the ability of a given epitope to selectively bmd a particular HLA protein (determinant selection theory) (Vitiello, et al , J Immunol 131 1635, 1983), Rosenthal, et al , Nature 267 156-158, 1977), or to be selectively recognized by the existmg TCR (T cell receptor) specificities (repertoire theory) (Klem, J , IMMUNOLOGY, THE SCIENCE OF SELF/NONSELF DISCRIMINATION, John Wiley & Sons, New York, pp 270- 310, 1982) It has been demonstrated that additional factors, mostly linked to processmg events, can also play a key role m dictating, beyond strict immunogenicity, which of the many potential determinants will be presented as immunodominant (Sercarz, et al , Annu Rev Immunol 11 729-766, 1993) Because tissue specific and developmental TAAs are expressed on normal tissue at least at some point m time or location withm the body, it may be expected that T cells to them, particularly dominant epitopes, are eliminated durmg immunological surveillance and that tolerance is induced However, CTL responses to tumor epitopes in both normal donors and cancer patient has been detected, which may indicate that tolerance is incomplete (see, e g , Kawashima et al , Hum Immunol 59 1, 1998, Tsang, J Natl Cancer Inst 87 82-90, 1995, Rongcun et al , J Immunol 163 1037, 1999) Thus, immune tolerance does not completely eliminate or mactivate CTL precursors capable of recognizing high affinity HLA class I bmding peptides An additional strategy to overcome tolerance is to use analog peptides Without mtendmg to be bound by theory, it is believed that because T cells to dommant epitopes may have been clonally deleted, selectmg subdominant epitopes may allow existmg T cells to be recruited, which will then lead to a therapeutic or prophylactic response However, the bmdmg of HLA molecules to subdominant epitopes is often less vigorous than to dommant ones Accordmgly, there is a need to be able to modulate the bmdmg affinity of particular immunogenic epitopes for one or more HLA molecules, and thereby to modulate the immune response elicited by the peptide, for example to prepare analog peptides which elicit a more vigorous response Although peptides with suitable cross-reactivity among all alleles of a superfamily are identified by the screenmg procedures described above, cross-reactivity is not always as complete as possible, and m certam cases procedures to mcrease cross-reactivity of peptides can be useful, moreover, such procedures can also be used to modify other properties of the peptides such as bmdmg affinity or peptide stability Havmg established the general rules that govern cross-reactivity of peptides for HLA alleles within a given motif or supermotif, modification (i e , analogmg) of the structure of peptides of particular mterest m order to achieve broader (or otherwise modified) HLA bmding capacity can be performed More specifically, peptides which exhibit the broadest cross-reactivity patterns, can be produced m accordance with the teachings herem The present concepts related to analog generation are set forth m greater detail m co- pending U S S N 09/226,775 filed 1/6/99 In brief, the strategy employed utilizes the motifs or supermotifs which coπelate with bindmg to certam HLA molecules The motifs or supermotifs are defined by havmg pnmary anchors, and m many cases secondary anchors Analog peptides can be created by substituting amino acid residues at primary anchor, secondary anchor, or at pnmary and secondary anchor positions Generally, analogs are made for peptides that already bear a motif or supermotif Prefeπed secondary anchor residues of supermotifs and motifs that have been defined for HLA class I and class II bindmg peptides are shown m Tables II and III, respectively For a number of the motifs or supermotifs in accordance with the invention, residues are defined which are deleterious to binding to allele-specific HLA molecules or members of HLA supertypes that bind the respective motif or supermotif (Tables II and III). Accordingly, removal of such residues that are detrimental to binding can be performed in accordance with the present invention. For example, in the case of the A3 supertype, when all peptides that have such deleterious residues are removed from the population of peptides used in the analysis, the incidence of cross-reactivity increased from 22% to 37% (see, e.g., Sidney, J. et al, Hu. Immunol. 45:79, 1996). Thus, one strategy to improve the cross-reactivity of peptides within a given supermotif is simply to delete one or more of the deleterious residues present within a peptide and substitute a small "neutral" residue such as Ala (that may not influence T cell recognition of the peptide). An enhanced likelihood of cross-reactivity is expected if, together with elimination of detrimental residues within a peptide, "prefeπed" residues associated with high affinity binding to an allele-specific HLA molecule or to multiple HLA molecules within a superfamily are inserted. To ensure that an analog peptide, when used as a vaccine, actually elicits a CTL response to the native epitope in vivo (or, in the case of class II epitopes, elicits helper T cells that cross-react with the wild type peptides), the analog peptide may be used to immunize T cells in vitro from individuals of the appropriate HLA allele. Thereafter, the immunized cells' capacity to induce lysis of wild type peptide sensitized target cells is evaluated. It will be desirable to use as antigen presenting cells, cells that have been either infected, or transfected with the appropriate genes, or, in the case of class II epitopes only, cells that have been pulsed with whole protein antigens, to establish whether endogenously produced antigen is also recognized by the relevant T cells. Another embodiment of the invention is to create analogs of weak binding peptides, to thereby ensure adequate numbers of cross-reactive cellular binders. Class I binding peptides exhibiting binding affinities of 500-5000 nM, and carrying an acceptable but suboptimal primary anchor residue at one or both positions can be "fixed" by substituting prefeπed anchor residues in accordance with the respective supertype. The analog peptides can then be tested for crossbinding activity. Another embodiment for generating effective peptide analogs involves the substitution of residues that have an adverse impact on peptide stability or solubility in, e.g., a liquid environment. This substitution may occur at any position of the peptide epitope. For example, a cysteine can be substituted out in favor of α-amino butyric acid ("B" in the single letter abbreviations for peptide sequences listed herein). Due to its chemical nature, cysteine has the propensity to form disulfide bridges and sufficiently alter the peptide structurally so as to reduce binding capacity. Substituting α-amino butyric acid for cysteine not only alleviates this problem, but actually improves binding and crossbinding capability in certain instances (see, e.g., the review by Sette et al, In: Persistent Viral Infections. Eds. R. Ahmed and I. Chen, John Wiley & Sons, England, 1999). Representative analog peptides are set forth in Tables XXII-XXVI. The Table indicates the length and sequence of the analog peptide as well as the motif or supermotif, if appropriate. The "source" column indicates the residues substituted at the indicated position numbers for the respective analog. IV.G. Computer Screening of Protein Sequences from Disease-Related Antigens for Supermotif- or Motif-Bearing Peptides In order to identify supermotif- or motif-bearing epitopes in a target antigen, a native protein sequence, e.g., a tumor-associated antigen, or sequences from an infectious organism, or a donor tissue for transplantation, is screened using a means for computing, such as an intellectual calculation or a computer, to determine the presence of a supermotif or motif within the sequence. The information obtained from the analysis of native peptide can be used directly to evaluate the status of the native peptide or may be utilized subsequently to generate the peptide epitope. Computer programs that allow the rapid screening of protein sequences for the occunence of the subject supermotifs or motifs are encompassed by the present invention; as are programs that permit the generation of analog peptides. These programs are implemented to analyze any identified amino acid sequence or operate on an unknown sequence and simultaneously determine the sequence and identify motif-bearing epitopes thereof; analogs can be simultaneously determined as well. Generally, the identified sequences will be from a pathogenic organism or a tumor-associated peptide. For example, the target TAA molecules include, without limitation, CEA, MAGE, p53 and HER2/neu. It is important that the selection criteria utilized for prediction of peptide binding are as accurate as possible, to coπelate most efficiently with actual binding. Prediction of peptides that bind, for example, to HLA-A*0201, on the basis of the presence of the appropriate primary anchors, is positive at about a 30% rate (see, e.g., Ruppert, J. et al. Cell 74:929, 1993). However, by extensively analyzing peptide-HLA binding data disclosed herein, data in related patent applications, and data in the art, the present inventors have developed a number of allele-specific polynomial algorithms that dramatically increase the predictive value over identification on the basis of the presence of primary anchor residues alone. These algorithms take into account not only the presence or absence of primary anchors, but also consider the positive or deleterious presence of secondary anchor residues (to account for the impact of different amino acids at different positions). The algorithms are essentially based on the premise that the overall affinity (or ΔG) of peptide-HLA interactions can be approximated as a linear polynomial function of the type: ΔG = ai,- x a 2 , x a 3 ,-...x a n , where a , is a coefficient that represents the effect of the presence of a given amino acid (j) at a given position (ϊ) along the sequence of a peptide of « amino acids. An important assumption of this method is that the effects at each position are essentially independent of each other. This assumption is justified by studies that demonstrated that peptides are bound to HLA molecules and recognized by T cells in essentially an extended conformation. Derivation of specific algorithm coefficients has been described, for example, in Gulukota, K. et al, J. Mol. Biol. 267: 1258, 1997. Additional methods to identify prefened peptide sequences, which also make use of specific motifs, include the use of neural networks and molecular modeling programs (see, e.g., Milik et al, Nature Biotechnology 16:753, 1998; Altuvia et al, Hum. Immunol. 58:1, 1997; Altuvia et al, J. Mol. Biol. 249:244, 1995; Buus, S. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 11 :209-213, 1999; Brusic, V. et al, Bioinformatics 14:121-130, 1998; Parker et al, J. Immunol. 152:163, 1993; Meister et al, Vaccine 13:581, 1995; Hammer et al, J. Exp. Med. 180:2353, 1994; Srurniolo et al, Nature Biotechnol 17:555 1999). For example, it has been shown that in sets of A*0201 motif-bearing peptides containing at least one prefeπed secondary anchor residue while avoiding the presence of any deleterious secondary anchor residues, 69% of the peptides will bind A*0201 with an IC 50 less than 500 nM (Ruppert, J. et al. Cell 74:929, 1993). These algorithms are also flexible in that cut-off scores may be adjusted to select sets of peptides with greater or lower predicted binding properties, as desired. In utilizing computer screening to identify peptide epitopes, a protein sequence or translated sequence may be analyzed using software developed to search for motifs, for example the "FINDPATTERNS' program (Devereux, et al. Nucl. Acids Res. 12:387-395, 1984) or MotifSearch 1.4 software program (D. Brown, San Diego, CA) to identify potential peptide sequences containing appropriate HLA binding motifs. The identified peptides can be scored using customized polynomial algorithms to predict their capacity to bind specific HLA class I or class II alleles. As appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, a large aπay of computer programming software and hardware options are available in the relevant art which can be employed to implement the motifs of the invention in order to evaluate (e.g., without limitation, to identify epitopes, identify epitope concentration per peptide length, or to generate analogs) known or unknown peptide sequences. In accordance with the procedures described above, HER2/neu peptide epitopes and analogs thereof that are able to bind HLA supertype groups or allele-specific HLA molecules have been identified (Tables VII-XX; Table XXII-XXXI). IV.H. Preparation of Peptide Epitopes Peptides in accordance with the invention can be prepared synthetically, by recombinant DNA technology or chemical synthesis, or from natural sources such as native tumors or pathogenic organisms. Peptide epitopes may be synthesized individually or as polyepitopic peptides. Although the peptide will preferably be substantially free of other naturally occuπing host cell proteins and fragments thereof, in some embodiments the peptides may be synthetically conjugated to native fragments or particles. The peptides in accordance with the invention can be a variety of lengths, and either in their neutral (uncharged) forms or in forms which are salts. The peptides in accordance with the invention are either free of modifications such as glycosylation, side chain oxidation, or phosphorylation; or they contain these modifications, subject to the condition that modifications do not destroy the biological activity of the peptides as described herein. When possible, it may be desirable to optimize HLA class I binding epitopes of the invention, such as can be used in a polyepitopic construct, to a length of about 8 to about 13 amino acid residues, often 8 to 11, preferably 9 to 10. HLA class II binding peptide epitopes of the invention may be optimized to a length of about 6 to about 30 amino acids in length, preferably to between about 13 and about 20 residues. Preferably, the peptide epitopes are commensurate in size with endogenously processed pathogen-derived peptides or tumor cell peptides that are bound to the relevant HLA molecules, however, the identification and preparation of peptides that comprise epitopes of the invention can also be carried out using the techniques described herein. In alternative embodiments, epitopes of the invention can be linked as a polyepitopic peptide, or as a minigene that encodes a polyepitopic peptide. In another embodiment, it is prefened to identify native peptide regions that contain a high concentration of class I and/or class II epitopes. Such a sequence is generally selected on the basis that it contains the greatest number of epitopes per amino acid length. It is to be appreciated that epitopes can be present in a nested or overlapping manner, e.g. a 10 amino acid long peptide could contain two 9 amino acid long epitopes and one 10 amino acid long epitope; upon intracellular processing, each epitope can be exposed and bound by an HLA molecule upon administration of such a peptide. This larger, preferably multi-epitopic, peptide can be generated synthetically, recombinantly, or via cleavage from the native source. The peptides of the invention can be prepared in a wide variety of ways. For the prefeπed relatively short size, the peptides can be synthesized in solution or on a solid support in accordance with conventional techniques. Various automatic synthesizers are commercially available and can be used in accordance with known protocols. (See, for example, Stewart & Young, SOLID PHASE PEPTIDE SYNTHESIS, 2D. ED., Pierce Chemical Co., 1984). Further, individual peptide epitopes can be joined using chemical ligation to produce larger peptides that are still within the bounds of the invention. Alternatively, recombinant DNA technology can be employed wherein a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic peptide of interest is inserted into an expression vector, transformed or transfected into an appropriate host cell and cultivated under conditions suitable for expression. These procedures are generally known in the art, as described generally in Sambrook et al, MOLECULAR CLONING, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York (1989). Thus, recombinant polypeptides which comprise one or more peptide sequences of the invention can be used to present the appropriate T cell epitope. The nucleotide coding sequence for peptide epitopes of the prefeπed lengths contemplated herein can be synthesized by chemical techniques, for example, the phosphotriester method of Matteucci, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981). Peptide analogs can be made simply by substituting the appropriate and desired nucleic acid base(s) for those that encode the native peptide sequence; exemplary nucleic acid substitutions are those that encode an amino acid defined by the motifs/supermotifs herein. The coding sequence can then be provided with appropriate linkers and ligated into expression vectors commonly available in the art, and the vectors used to transform suitable hosts to produce the desired fusion protein. A number of such vectors and suitable host systems are now available. For expression of the fusion proteins, the coding sequence will be provided with operably linked start and stop codons, promoter and terminator regions and usually a replication system to provide an expression vector for expression in the desired cellular host. For example, promoter sequences compatible with bacterial hosts are provided in plasmids containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of the desired coding sequence. The resulting expression vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts. Of course, yeast, insect or mammalian cell hosts may also be used, employing suitable vectors and control sequences. IV.I. Assays to Detect T-Cell Responses Once HLA binding peptides are identified, they can be tested for the ability to elicit a T-cell response. The preparation and evaluation of motif-bearing peptides are described in PCT publications WO 94/20127 and WO 94/03205. Briefly, peptides comprising epitopes from a particular antigen are synthesized and tested for their ability to bind to the appropriate HLA proteins. These assays may involve evaluating the binding of a peptide of the invention to purified HLA class I molecules in relation to the binding of a radioiodinated reference peptide. Alternatively, cells expressing empty class I molecules (i.e. lacking peptide therein) may be evaluated for peptide binding by immunofluorescent staining and flow microfluorimetry. Other assays that may be used to evaluate peptide binding include peptide-dependent class I assembly assays and/or the inhibition of CTL recognition by peptide competition. Those peptides that bind to the class I molecule, typically with an affinity of 500 nM or less, are further evaluated for their ability to serve as targets for CTLs derived from infected or immunized individuals, as well as for their capacity to induce primary in vitro or in vivo CTL responses that can give rise to CTL populations capable of reacting with selected target cells associated with a disease. Coπesponding assays are used for evaluation of HLA class II binding peptides. HLA class II motif-bearing peptides that are shown to bind, typically at an affinity of 1000 nM or less, are further evaluated for the ability to stimulate HTL responses. Conventional assays utilized to detect T cell responses include proliferation assays, lymphokine secretion assays, direct cytotoxicity assays, and limiting dilution assays. For example, antigen-presenting cells that have been incubated with a peptide can be assayed for the ability to induce CTL responses in responder cell populations. Antigen-presenting cells can be normal cells such as peripheral blood mononuclear cells or dendritic cells. Alternatively, mutant non-human mammalian cell lines that are deficient in their ability to load class I molecules with internally processed peptides and that have been transfected with the appropriate human class I gene, may be used to test for the capacity of the peptide to induce in vitro primary CTL responses. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) may be used as the responder cell source of CTL precursors. The appropriate antigen-presenting cells are incubated with peptide, after which the peptide- loaded antigen-presenting cells are then incubated with the responder cell population under optimized culture conditions. Positive CTL activation can be determined by assaying the culture for the presence of CTLs that kill radio-labeled target cells, both specific peptide-pulsed targets as well as target cells expressing endogenously processed forms of the antigen from which the peptide sequence was derived. More recently, a method has been devised which allows direct quantification of antigen-specific T cells by staining with Fluorescein-labelled HLA tetrameric complexes (Altman, J. D. et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 10330, 1993; Altman, J. D. et al, Science 274:94, 1996). Other relatively recent technical developments include staining for intracellular lymphokines, and interferon-γ release assays or ELISPOT assays. Tetramer staining, intracellular lymphokine staining and ELISPOT assays all appear to be at least 10-fold more sensitive than more conventional assays (Lalvani, A. et al, J. Exp. Med. 186:859, 1997; Dunbar, P. R. et al, Curr. Biol. 8:413, 1998; Murali-Krishna, K. et al, Immunity 8:177, 1998). HTL activation may also be assessed using such techniques known to those in the art such as T cell proliferation and secretion of lymphokines, e.g. IL-2 (see, e.g. Alexander et al, Immunity 1:751-761, 1994). Alternatively, immunization of HLA transgenic mice can be used to determine immunogenicity of peptide epitopes. Several transgenic mouse models including mice with human A2.1, Al 1 (which can additionally be used to analyze HLA-A3 epitopes), and B7 alleles have been characterized and others (e.g., transgenic mice for HLA-Al and A24) are being developed. HLA-DRl and HLA-DR3 mouse models have also been developed Additional transgenic mouse models with other HLA alleles may be generated as necessary Mice may be immunized with peptides emulsified m Incomplete Freund's Adjuvant and the resulting T cells tested for their capacity to recognize peptide-pulsed target cells and target cells transfected with appropriate genes CTL responses may be analyzed usmg cytotoxicity assays described above Similarly, HTL responses may be analyzed usmg such assays as T cell proliferation or secretion of lymphokmes IV. J. Use of Peptide Epitopes as Diagnostic Agents and for Evaluating Immune Responses In one embodiment of the invention, HLA class I and class II bmdmg peptides as described herem are used as reagents to evaluate an immune response The immune response to be evaluated is induced by using as an immunogen any agent that may result in the production of antigen-specific CTLs or HTLs that recognize and bmd to the peptide epιtope(s) to be employed as the reagent The peptide reagent need not be used as the immunogen Assay systems that are used for such an analysis mclude relatively recent technical developments such as tetramers, stainmg for intracellular lymphokmes and interferon release assays, or ELISPOT assays For example, peptides of the mvention are used in tetramer staining assays to assess peripheral blood mononuclear cells for the presence of antigen-specific CTLs following exposure to a tumor cell antigen or an immunogen The HLA-tetrameπc complex is used to directly visualize antigen-specific CTLs (see, e g , Ogg et al , Science 279 2103-2106, 1998, and Altman et al , Science 174 94-96, 1996) and determine the frequency of the antigen-specific CTL population m a sample of penpheral blood mononuclear cells A tetramer reagent usmg a peptide of the invention is generated as follows A peptide that binds to an HLA molecule is refolded m the presence of the coπespondmg HLA heavy cham and β 2 - microglobu n to generate a tnmolecular complex The complex is biotinylated at the carboxyl termmal end of the heavy chain at a site that was previously engmeered mto the protein Tetramer formation is then induced by the addition of streptavidm By means of fluorescently labeled streptavidin, the tetramer can be used to stain antigen-specific cells The cells can then be identified, for example, by flow cytometry Such an analysis may be used for diagnostic or prognostic purposes Cells identified by the procedure can also be used for therapeutic purposes Peptides of the invention are also used as reagents to evaluate immune recall responses (see, e g , Bertoni et al , J Clin Invest 100 503-513, 1997 and Penna et al , J Exp Med 174 1565-1570, 1991) For example, patient PBMC samples from individuals with cancer are analyzed for the presence of antigen- specific CTLs or HTLs using specific peptides A blood sample containing mononuclear cells can be evaluated by cultivating the PBMCs and stimulating the cells with a peptide of the invention After an appropπate cultivation period, the expanded cell population can be analyzed, for example, for CTL or for HTL activity The peptides are also used as reagents to evaluate the efficacy of a vaccme PBMCs obtamed from a patient vaccinated with an immunogen are analyzed usmg, for example, either of the methods described above The patient is HLA typed, and peptide epitope reagents that recognize the allele-specific molecules present m that patient are selected for the analysis The immunogenicity of the vaccme is mdicated by the presence of epitope-specific CTLs and or HTLs m the PBMC sample The peptides of the mvention are also used to make antibodies, usmg techniques well known m the art (see, e g CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN IMMUNOLOGY, Wiley/Greene, NY, and Antibodies A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane, Cold Sprmg Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989), which may be useful as reagents to diagnose or monitor cancer Such antibodies include those that recognize a peptide m the context of an HLA molecule, i e , antibodies that bmd to a peptide-MHC complex IV.K. Vaccine Compositions Vaccines and methods of preparing vaccmes that contain an lmmunogenically effective amount of one or more peptides as descnbed herem are further embodiments of the mvention Once appropnately immunogenic epitopes have been defined, they can be sorted and delivered by various means, herein refened to as "vaccine" compositions Such vaccme compositions can include, for example, hpopeptides (e g Nitiello, A et al , J Clin Invest 95 341, 1995), peptide compositions encapsulated ιn poly(DL- lactide-co-glycohde) ("PLG") microspheres (see, e g , Eldndge, et al , Molec Immunol 28 287-294, 1991 Alonso et al , Vaccine 12 299-306, 1994, Jones et al , Vaccine 13 675-681, 1995), peptide compositions contained in immune stimulating complexes (ISCOMS) (see, e g , Takahashi et al , Nature 344 873-875, 1990, Hu et al , Clin Exp Immunol 113 235-243, 1998), multiple antigen peptide systems (MAPs) (see e g , Tarn, J P , Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 85 5409-5413, 1988, Tam, J P , J Immunol Methods 196 17-32, 1996), peptides formulated as multivalent peptides, peptides for use m ballistic delivery systems, typically crystallized peptides, viral delivery vectors (Perkus, M E et al , In Concepts in vaccine development, Kaufrnann, S H E , ed , p 379, 1996, Chakrabarti, S et al , Nature 320 535, 1986, Hu, S L et al , Nature 320 537, 1986, Kieny, M -P et al , AIDS Bio/Technology 4 790, 1986, Top, F H et al , J Infect Dis 124 148, 1971, Chanda, P K et al , Virology 175 535, 1990), particles of viral or synthetic ongm (e g , Kofler, N et al , J Immunol Methods 192 25, 1996, Eldndge, J H et al , Sem Hematol 30 16, 1993, Falo, L D , Jr et al , Nature Med 7 649, 1995), adjuvants (Waπen, H S , Vogel, F R , and Chedid, L A Annu Rev Immunol 4 369, 1986, Gupta, R K et al , Vaccine 11 293, 1993), liposomes (Reddy, R et al , J Immunol 148 1585, 1992, Rock, K L , Immunol Today 17 131, 1996), or, naked or particle absorbed cDNA (Ulmer, J B et al , Science 259 1745, 1993, Robmson, H L , Hunt, L A , and Webster, R G , Vaccine 11 957, 1993, Shiver, J W et al , In Concepts in vaccine development, Kaufrnann, S H E , ed , p 423, 1996, Cease, K B , and Berzofsky, J A , Annu Rev Immunol 12 923, 1994 and Eldndge, J H et al , Sem Hematol 30 16, 1993) Toxm-targeted delivery technologies, also known as receptor mediated targetmg, such as those of Avant Immunotherapeutics, Inc (Needham, Massachusetts) may also be used Vaccmes of the invention include nucleic acid-mediated modalities DNA or RNA encodmg one or more of the peptides of the mvention can also be administered to a patient This approach is described, for mstance, m Wolff et al , Science 247 1465 (1990) as well as U S Patent Nos 5,580,859, 5,589,466, 5,804,566, 5,739,118, 5,736,524, 5,679,647, WO 98/04720, and m more detail below Examples of DNA- based delivery technologies mclude "naked DNA", facilitated (bupivica ne, polymers, peptide-mediated) delivery, catiomc lipid complexes, and particle-mediated ("gene gun") or pressure-mediated delivery (see, e g , U S Patent No 5,922,687) For therapeutic or prophylactic immunization purposes, the peptides of the mvention can also be expressed by viral or bacterial vectors Examples of expression vectors include attenuated viral hosts, such as vaccinia or fowlpox. As an example of this approach, vaccinia virus is used as a vector to express nucleotide sequences that encode the peptides of the invention. Upon introduction into a host bearing a tumor, the recombinant vaccinia virus expresses the immunogenic peptide, and thereby elicits a host CTL and/or HTL response. Vaccinia vectors and methods useful in immunization protocols are described in, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,722,848. Another vector is BCG (Bacille Calmette Guerin). BCG vectors are described in Stover et al, Nature 351 :456-460 (1991). A wide variety of other vectors useful for therapeutic administration or immunization of the peptides of the invention, e.g. adeno and adeno- associated virus vectors, retro viral vectors, Salmonella typhi vectors, detoxified anthrax toxin vectors, and the like, will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the description herein. Furthermore, vaccines in accordance with the invention encompass compositions of one or more of the claimed peptides. A peptide can be present in a vaccine individually. Alternatively, the peptide can exist as a homopolymer comprising multiple copies of the same peptide, or as a heteropolymer of various peptides. Polymers have the advantage of increased immunological reaction and, where different peptide epitopes are used to make up the polymer, the additional ability to induce antibodies and or CTLs that react with different antigenic determinants of the pathogenic organism or tumor-related peptide targeted for an immune response. The composition can be a naturally occurring region of an antigen or can be prepared, e.g., recombinantly or by chemical synthesis. Caπiers that can be used with vaccines of the invention are well known in the art, and include, e.g., thyroglobulin, albumins such as human serum albumin, tetanus toxoid, polyamino acids such as poly L- lysine, poly L-glutamic acid, influenza, hepatitis B virus core protein, and the like. The vaccines can contain a physiologically tolerable (i.e., acceptable) diluent such as water, or saline, preferably phosphate buffered saline. The vaccines also typically include an adjuvant. Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's adjuvant, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, or alum are examples of materials well known in the art. Additionally, as disclosed herein, CTL responses can be primed by conjugating peptides of the invention to lipids, such as tripalmitoyl-S-glycerylcysteinlyseryl- serine (P 3 CSS). Upon immunization with a peptide composition in accordance with the invention, via injection, aerosol, oral, transdermal, transmucosal, intrapleural, intrathecal, or other suitable routes, the immune system of the host responds to the vaccine by producing large amounts of CTLs and/or HTLs specific for the desired antigen. Consequently, the host becomes at least partially immune to later infection, or at least partially resistant to developing an ongoing chronic infection, or derives at least some therapeutic benefit when the antigen was tumor-associated. In some embodiments, it may be desirable to combine the class I peptide components with components that induce or facilitate neutralizing antibody and or helper T cell responses to the target antigen of interest. A prefened embodiment of such a composition comprises class I and class II epitopes in accordance with the invention. An alternative embodiment of such a composition comprises a class I and or class II epitope in accordance with the invention, along with a cross-binding HLA class II epitope such as PADRE™ (Epimmune, San Diego, CA) molecule (described, for example, in U.S. Patent Number 5,736,142). A vaccine of the invention can also include antigen-presenting cells (APC), such as dendritic cells (DC), as a vehicle to present peptides of the invention. Vaccine compositions can be created in vitro, following dendritic cell mobilization and harvesting, whereby loading of dendritic cells occurs in vitro For example, dendntic cells are transfected, e g , with a minigene m accordance with the mvention, or are pulsed with peptides The dendntic cell can then be administered to a patient to elicit immune responses in Vaccme compositions, either DNA- or peptide-based, can also be administered in vivo in combination with dendntic cell mobilization whereby loadmg of dendntic cells occurs in vivo Antigenic peptides are used to elicit a CTL and/or HTL response ex vivo, as well The resultmg CTL or HTL cells, can be used to treat tumors in patients that do not respond to other conventional forms of therapy, or will not respond to a therapeutic vaccine peptide or nucleic acid rn accordance with the invention Ex vivo CTL or HTL responses to a particular tumor-associated antigen are mduced by mcubatmg m tissue culture the patient's, or genetically compatible, CTL or HTL precursor cells together with a source of antigen-presenting cells, such as dendntic cells, and the appropriate immunogenic peptide After an appropriate mcubation time (typically about 7-28 days), m which the precursor cells are activated and expanded mto effector cells, the cells are infused back mto the patient, where they will destroy (CTL) or facilitate destruction (HTL) of their specific target cell (an mfected cell or a tumor cell) Transfected dendntic cells may also be used as antigen presentmg cells The vaccine compositions of the invention can also be used in combmahon with other treatments used for cancer, mcludmg use m combmation with immune adjuvants such as IL-2, IL-12, GM-CSF, and Preferably, the following principles are utilized when selecting an aπay of epitopes for inclusion m a polyepitopic composition for use in a vaccme, or for selecting discrete epitopes to be included in a vaccme and/or to be encoded by nucleic acids such as a minigene Examples of epitopes that can be utilized m a vaccine to treat or prevent cancer are provided in Tables XXIII-XXVII and XXXI It is prefened that each of the following principles are balanced m order to make the selection The multiple epitopes to be mcorporated m a given vaccine composition can be, but need not be, contiguous m sequence in the native antigen from which the epitopes are derived 1 ) Epitopes are selected which, upon administration, mimic immune responses that have been observed to be conelated with tumor clearance For HLA Class I this mcludes 3-4 epitopes that come from at least one TAA For HLA Class II a similar rationale is employed, agam 3-4 epitopes are selected from at least one TAA (see e g , Rosenberg et al , Science 278 1447-1450) Epitopes from one TAA may be used m combination with epitopes from one or more additional TAAs to produce a vaccme that targets tumors with varying expression patterns of frequently-expressed TAAs as descnbed, e g , in Example 15 2 ) Epitopes are selected that have the requisite bmdmg affinity established to be coπelated with immunogenicity for HLA Class I an IC 50 of 500 nM or less, or for Class II an IC 50 of 1000 nM or less 3 ) Sufficient supermotif beaπng-peptides, or a sufficient aπay of allele-specific motif- bearmg peptides, are selected to give broad population coverage For example, it is preferable to have at least 80% population coverage A Monte Carlo analysis, a statistical evaluation known m the art, can be employed to assess the breadth, or redundancy of, population coverage 4.) When selecting epitopes from cancer-related antigens it is often useful to select analogs because the patient may have developed tolerance to the native epitope. When selecting epitopes for infectious disease-related antigens it is preferable to select either native or analoged epitopes. 5.) Of particular relevance are epitopes refened to as "nested epitopes." Nested epitopes occur where at least two epitopes overlap in a given peptide sequence. A nested peptide sequence can comprise both HLA class I and HLA class II epitopes. When providing nested epitopes, a general objective is to provide the greatest number of epitopes per sequence. Thus, an aspect is to avoid providing a peptide that is any longer than the amino terminus of the amino terminal epitope and the carboxyl terminus of the carboxyl terminal epitope in the peptide. When providing a multi-epitopic sequence, such as a sequence comprising nested epitopes, it is generally important to screen the sequence in order to insure that it does not have pathological or other deleterious biological properties. 6.) If a polyepitopic protein is created, or when creating a minigene, an objective is to generate the smallest peptide that encompasses the epitopes of interest. This principle is similar, if not the same as that employed when selecting a peptide comprising nested epitopes. However, with an artificial polyepitopic peptide, the size minimization objective is balanced against the need to integrate any spacer sequences between epitopes in the polyepitopic protein. Spacer amino acid residues can, for example, be introduced to avoid junctional epitopes (an epitope recognized by the immune system, not present in the target antigen, and only created by the man-made juxtaposition of epitopes), or to facilitate cleavage between epitopes and thereby enhance epitope presentation. Junctional epitopes are generally to be avoided because the recipient may generate an immune response to that non-native epitope. Of particular concern is a junctional epitope that is a "dominant epitope." A dominant epitope may lead to such a zealous response that immune responses to other epitopes are diminished or suppressed. IV.K.l. Minigene Vaccines A number of different approaches are available which allow simultaneous delivery of multiple epitopes. Nucleic acids encoding the peptides of the invention are a particularly useful embodiment of the invention. Epitopes for inclusion in a minigene are preferably selected according to the guidelines set forth in the previous section. A prefened means of administering nucleic acids encoding the peptides of the invention uses minigene constructs encoding a peptide comprising one or multiple epitopes of the invention. The use of multi-epitope minigenes is described below and in, e.g., co-pending application U.S.S.N. 09/311,784; Ishioka et al, J. Immunol. 162:3915-3925, 1999; An, L. and Whitton, J. L., J. Virol. 71 :2292, 1997; Thomson, S. A. et al. . Immunol. 157:822, 1996; Whitton, J. L. et al., J. Virol. 67:348, 1993; Hanke, R. et al, Vaccine 16:426, 1998. For example, a multi-epitope DNA plasmid encoding supermotif- and/or motif-bearing HER2/neu epitopes derived from multiple regions of HER2/neu, a universal helper T epitope, e.g., PADRE™ (or multiple HTL epitopes from HER2/neu), and an endoplasmic reticulum-translocating signal sequence can be engineered. A vaccine may also comprise epitopes, in addition to HER2/neu epitopes, that are derived from other TAAs. The immunogenicity of a multi-epitopic minigene can be tested in transgenic mice to evaluate the magnitude of CTL induction responses against the epitopes tested. Further, the immunogenicity of DNA- encoded epitopes in vivo can be conelated with the in vitro responses of specific CTL lines against target cells transfected with the DNA plasmid. Thus, these experiments can show that the minigene serves to both: 1.) generate a CTL response and 2.) that the induced CTLs recognized cells expressing the encoded epitopes. For example, to create a DNA sequence encoding the selected epitopes (minigene) for expression in human cells, the amino acid sequences of the epitopes may be reverse translated. A human codon usage table can be used to guide the codon choice for each amino acid. These epitope-encoding DNA sequences may be directly adjoined, so that when translated, a continuous polypeptide sequence is created. To optimize expression and/or immunogenicity, additional elements can be incorporated into the minigene design. Examples of amino acid sequences that can be reverse translated and included in the minigene sequence include: HLA class I epitopes, HLA class II epitopes, a ubiquitination signal sequence, and/or an endoplasmic reticulum targeting signal. In addition, HLA presentation of CTL and HTL epitopes may be improved by including synthetic (e.g. poly-alanine) or naturally-occuπing flanking sequences adjacent to the CTL or HTL epitopes; these larger peptides comprising the epitope(s) are within the scope of the invention. The minigene sequence may be converted to DNA by assembling oligonucleotides that encode the plus and minus strands of the minigene. Overlapping oligonucleotides (30-100 bases long) may be synthesized, phosphorylated, purified and annealed under appropriate conditions using well known techniques. The ends of the oligonucleotides can be joined, for example, using T4 DNA ligase. This synthetic minigene, encoding the epitope polypeptide, can then be cloned into a desired expression vector. Standard regulatory sequences well known to those of skill in the art are preferably included in the vector to ensure expression in the target cells. Several vector elements are desirable: a promoter with a down-stream cloning site for minigene insertion; a polyadenylation signal for efficient transcription termination; an E. coli origin of replication; and an E. coli selectable marker (e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance). Numerous promoters can be used for this purpose, e.g., the human cytomegalovirus (hCMV) promoter. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466 for other suitable promoter sequences. Additional vector modifications may be desired to optimize minigene expression and immunogenicity. In some cases, introns are required for efficient gene expression, and one or more synthetic or naturally-occuπing introns could be incorporated into the transcribed region of the minigene. The inclusion of mRNA stabilization sequences and sequences for replication in mammalian cells may also be considered for increasing minigene expression. Once an expression vector is selected, the minigene is cloned into the polylinker region downstream of the promoter. This plasmid is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain, and DNA is prepared using standard techniques. The orientation and DNA sequence of the minigene, as well as all other elements included in the vector, are confirmed using restriction mapping and DNA sequence analysis. Bacterial cells harboring the conect plasmid can be stored as a master cell bank and a working cell bank. In addition, immunostimulatory sequences (ISSs or CpGs) appear to play a role in the immunogenicity of DNA vaccines. These sequences may be included in the vector, outside the minigene coding sequence, if desired to enhance immunogenicity. In some embodiments, a bi-cistronic expression vector which allows production of both the minigene-encoded epitopes and a second protein (included to enhance or decrease immunogenicity) can be used. Examples of protems or polypeptides that could beneficially enhance the immune response if co- expressed include cytokines (e.g., IL-2, IL-12, GM-CSF), cytokine-inducing molecules (e.g., LeIF), costimulatory molecules, or for HTL responses, pan-DR binding proteins (PADRE™, Epimmune, San Diego, CA). Helper (HTL) epitopes can be joined to intracellular targeting signals and expressed separately from expressed CTL epitopes; this allows direction of the HTL epitopes to a cell compartment different than that of the CTL epitopes. If required, this could facilitate more efficient entry of HTL epitopes into the HLA class II pathway, thereby improving HTL induction. In contrast to HTL or CTL induction, specifically decreasing the immune response by co-expression of immunosuppressive molecules (e.g. TGF- β) may be beneficial in certain diseases. Therapeutic quantities of plasmid DNA can be produced for example, by fermentation in E. coli, followed by purification. Aliquots from the working cell bank are used to inoculate growth medium, and grown to saturation in shaker flasks or a bioreactor according to well known techniques. Plasmid DNA can be purified using standard bioseparation technologies such as solid phase anion-exchange resins supplied by QIAGEN, Inc. (Valencia, California). If required, supercoiled DNA can be isolated from the open circular and linear forms using gel electrophoresis or other methods. Purified plasmid DNA can be prepared for injection using a variety of formulations. The simplest of these is reconstitution of lyophilized DNA in sterile phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). This approach, known as "naked DNA," is cuπently being used for intramuscular (IM) administration in clinical trials. To maximize the immunotherapeutic effects of minigene DNA vaccines, an alternative method for formulating purified plasmid DNA may be desirable. A variety of methods have been described, and new techniques may become available. Cationic lipids, glycolipids, and fusogenic liposomes can also be used in the formulation (see, e.g., as described by WO 93/24640; Mannino & Gould-Fogerite, BioTechniques 6(7): 682 (1988); U.S. Pat No. 5,279,833; WO 91/06309; and Feigner, et al, Proc. Nat 'I Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987). In addition, peptides and compounds refened to collectively as protective, interactive, non- condensing compounds (PINC) could also be complexed to purified plasmid DNA to influence variables such as stability, intramuscular dispersion, or trafficking to specific organs or cell types. Target cell sensitization can be used as a functional assay for expression and HLA class I presentation of minigene-encoded CTL epitopes. For example, the plasmid DNA is introduced into a mammalian cell line that is suitable as a target for standard CTL chromium release assays. The transfection method used will be dependent on the final formulation. Electroporation can be used for "naked" DNA, whereas cationic lipids allow direct in vitro transfection. A plasmid expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) can be co-transfected to allow enrichment of transfected cells using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). These cells are then chromium-51 ( 51 Cr) labeled and used as target cells for epitope- specific CTL lines; cytolysis, detected by 5, Cr release, indicates both production of, and HLA presentation of, minigene-encoded CTL epitopes. Expression of HTL epitopes may be evaluated in an analogous manner using assays to assess HTL activity. In vivo immunogenicity is a second approach for functional testing of minigene DNA formulations. Transgenic mice expressing appropriate human HLA proteins are immunized with the DNA product. The dose and route of administration are formulation dependent (e.g., IM for DNA in PBS, intraperitoneal (IP) for lipid-complexed DNA). Twenty-one days after immunization, splenocytes are harvested and restimulated for one week in the presence of peptides encoding each epitope being tested. Thereafter, for CTL effector cells, assays are conducted for cytolysis of peptide-loaded, 51 Cr-labeled target cells using standard techniques. Lysis of target cells that were sensitized by HLA loaded with peptide epitopes, conesponding to minigene-encoded epitopes, demonstrates DNA vaccine function for in vivo induction of CTLs. Immunogenicity of HTL epitopes is evaluated in transgenic mice in an analogous manner. Alternatively, the nucleic acids can be administered using ballistic delivery as described, for instance, in U.S. Patent No. 5,204,253. Using this technique, particles comprised solely of DNA are administered. In a further alternative embodiment, DNA can be adhered to particles, such as gold particles. Minigenes can also be delivered using other bacterial or viral delivery systems well known in the art, e.g., an expression construct encoding epitopes of the invention can be incorporated into a viral vector such as vaccinia. IV.K.2. Combinations of CTL Peptides with Helper Peptides Vaccine compositions comprising the peptides of the present invention, or analogs thereof, which have immunostimulatory activity may be modified to provide desired attributes, such as improved serum half-life, or to enhance immunogenicity. For instance, the ability of a peptide to induce CTL activity can be enhanced by linking the peptide to a sequence which contains at least one epitope that is capable of inducing a T helper cell response. The use of T helper epitopes in conjunction with CTL epitopes to enhance immunogenicity is illustrated, for example, in the co-pending applications U.S.S.N. 08/820,360, U.S.S.N. 08/197,484, and U.S.S.N. 08/464,234. Although a CTL peptide can be directly linked to a T helper peptide, often CTL epitope/HTL epitope conjugates are linked by a spacer molecule. The spacer is typically comprised of relatively small, neutral molecules, such as amino acids or amino acid mimetics, which are substantially uncharged under physiological conditions. The spacers are typically selected from, e.g., Ala, Gly, or other neutral spacers of nonpolar amino acids or neutral polar amino acids. It will be understood that the optionally present spacer need not be comprised of the same residues and thus may be a hetero- or homo-oligomer. When present, the spacer will usually be at least one or two residues, more usually three to six residues and sometimes 10 or more residues. The CTL peptide epitope can be linked to the T helper peptide epitope either directly or via a spacer either at the amino or carboxy terminus of the CTL peptide. The amino terminus of either the immunogenic peptide or the T helper peptide may be acylated. In certain embodiments, the T helper peptide is one that is recognized by T helper cells present in the majority of the population. This can be accomplished by selecting amino acid sequences that bind to many, most, or all of the HLA class II molecules. These are known as "loosely HLA-restricted" or "promiscuous" T helper sequences. Examples of peptides that are promiscuous include sequences from antigens such as tetanus toxoid at positions 830-843 (QYIKANSKFIGITE), Plasmodium falciparum circumsporozoite (CS) protein at positions 378-398 (DIEKKJAKMEKASSXOT^VVNS), and Streptococcus 18kD protem at positions 116 (GAVDSILGGVATYGAA) Other examples include peptides beanng a DR 1-4-7 supermotif, or either of the DR3 motifs Alternatively, it is possible to prepare synthetic peptides capable of stimulating T helper lymphocytes, in a loosely HLA-restncted fashion, usmg ammo acid sequences not found m nature (see, e g , PCT publication WO 95/07707) These synthetic compounds called Pan-DR-bmdmg epitopes (e g , PADRE™, Epimmune, Inc , San Diego, CA) are designed to most prefeπably bmd most HLA-DR (human HLA class II) molecules For mstance, a pan-DR-binding epitope peptide havmg the formula aKXVAAWTLKAAa, where "X" is either cyclohexylalanrne, phenylalanine, or tyrosine, and "a" is either D-alanme or L-alanme, has been found to bmd to most HLA-DR alleles, and to stimulate the response of T helper lymphocytes from most mdividuals, regardless of their HLA type An alternative of a pan-DR bmding epitope compnses all "L" natural ammo acids and can be provided in the form of nucleic acids that encode the epitope HTL peptide epitopes can also be modified to alter their biological properties For example, they can be modified to include D-amino acids to mcrease their resistance to proteases and thus extend their serum half life, or they can be conjugated to other molecules such as lipids, protems, carbohydrates, and the like to mcrease their biological activity For example, a T helper peptide can be conjugated to one or more palmitic acid chams at either the amino or carboxyl termini IV.K.3. Combinations of CTL Peptides with T Cell Priming Agents In some embodiments it may be desirable to mclude m the pharmaceutical compositions of the mvention at least one component which pnmes cytotoxic T lymphocytes Lipids have been identified as agents capable of pnming CTL in vivo agamst viral antigens For example, palmitic acid residues can be attached to the ε-and α- amino groups of a lysme residue and then linked, e g , via one or more linking residues such as Gly, Gly-Gly-, Ser, Ser-Ser, or the like, to an immunogenic peptide The pidated peptide can then be administered either directly m a micelle or particle, incorporated into a liposome, or emulsified m an adjuvant, e g , incomplete Freund's adjuvant A prefened immunogenic composition comprises palmitic acid attached to ε- and α- ammo groups of Lys, which is attached via linkage, e g , Ser-Ser, to the amino terminus of the immunogenic peptide As another example of lipid pπmmg of CTL responses, E coli hpoproteins, such as tnpalmitoyl-S- glycerylcystemlyseryl- serine (P 3 CSS) can be used to prime virus specific CTL when covalently attached to an appropriate peptide (see, e g , Deres, et al , Nature 342 561, 1989) Peptides of the invention can be coupled to P 3 CSS, for example, and the hpopeptide administered to an individual to specifically prime a CTL response to the target antigen Moreover, because the induction of neutralizing antibodies can also be pnmed with P 3 CSS-conjugated epitopes, two such compositions can be combmed to more effectively elicit both humoral and cell-mediated responses CTL and/or HTL peptides can also be modified by the addition of ammo acids to the termini of a peptide to provide for ease of linking peptides one to another, for coupling to a canier support or larger peptide, for modifying the physical or chemical properties of the peptide or oligopeptide, or the like Ammo acids such as tyrosine, cysteme, lysme, glutamic or aspartic acid, or the like, can be introduced at the C- or N-termmus of the peptide or oligopeptide, particularly class I peptides However, it is to be noted that modification at the carboxyl terminus of a CTL epitope may, in some cases, alter binding characteristics of the peptide. In addition, the peptide or oligopeptide sequences can differ from the natural sequence by being modified by terminal-NH 2 acylation, e.g., by alkanoyl (C r C 2 o) or thioglycolyl acetylation, terminal-carboxyl amidation, e.g., ammonia, methylamine, etc. In some instances these modifications may provide sites for linking to a support or other molecule. IV.K.4. Vaccine Compositions Comprising DC Pulsed with CTL and/or HTL Peptides An embodiment of a vaccine composition in accordance with the invention comprises ex vivo administration of a cocktail of epitope-bearing peptides to PBMC, or isolated DC therefrom, from the patient's blood. A pharmaceutical to facilitate harvesting of DC can be used, such as Progenipoietin™ (Monsanto, St. Louis, MO) or GM-CSF/IL-4. After pulsing the DC with peptides and prior to reinfusion into patients, the DC are washed to remove unbound peptides. In this embodiment, a vaccine comprises peptide-pulsed DCs which present the pulsed peptide epitopes complexed with HLA molecules on their surfaces. The DC can be pulsed ex vivo with a cocktail of peptides, some of which stimulate CTL response to one or more antigens of interest, e.g., CEA, p53, Her2/neu, MAGE, prostate cancer-associated antigens and the like. Optionally, a helper T cell peptide such as a PADRE™ family molecule, can be included to facilitate the CTL response. IV.L. Administration of Vaccines for Therapeutic or Prophylactic Purposes The peptides of the present invention and pharmaceutical and vaccine compositions of the invention are typically used therapeutically to treat cancer. Vaccine compositions containing the peptides of the invention are typically administered to a cancer patient who has a malignancy associated with expression of one or more tumor-associated antigens. Alternatively, vaccine compositions can be administered to an individual susceptible to, or otherwise at risk for developing a particular type of cancer, e.g. , breast cancer. In therapeutic applications, peptide and/or nucleic acid compositions are administered to a patient in an amount sufficient to elicit an effective CTL and/or HTL response to the tumor antigen and to cure or at least partially anest or slow symptoms and/or complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as "therapeutically effective dose." Amounts effective for this use will depend on, e.g., the particular composition administered, the manner of administration, the stage and severity of the disease being treated, the weight and general state of health of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. As noted above, peptides comprising CTL and/or HTL epitopes of the invention induce immune responses when presented by HLA molecules and contacted with a CTL or HTL specific for an epitope comprised by the peptide. The manner in which the peptide is contacted with the CTL or HTL is not critical to the invention. For instance, the peptide can be contacted with the CTL or HTL either in vivo or in vitro. If the contacting occurs in vivo, the peptide itself can be administered to the patient, or other vehicles, e.g., DNA vectors encoding one or more peptides, viral vectors encoding the peptide(s), liposomes and the like, can be used, as described herein. When the peptide is contacted in vitro, the vaccinatmg agent can compnse a population of cells, e g , peptide-pulsed dendntic cells, or TAA-specific CTLs, which have been mduced by pulsing antigen- presenting cells in vitro with the peptide Such a cell population is subsequently admmistered to a patient in a therapeutically effective dose For pharmaceutical compositions, the immunogenic peptides of the invention, or DNA encodmg them, are generally administered to an individual already diagnosed with cancer The peptides or DNA encodmg them can be administered individually or as fusions of one or more peptide sequences. For therapeutic use, administration should generally begm at the first diagnosis of cancer. This is followed by boostmg doses until at least symptoms are substantially abated and for a penod thereafter. The embodiment of the vaccme composition (I e , including, but not limited to embodiments such as peptide cocktails, polyepitopic polypeptides, minigenes, or TAA-specific CTLs) delivered to the patient may vary accordmg to the stage of the disease. For example, a vaccme compnsmg TAA-specific CTLs may be more efficacious in killing tumor cells m patients with advanced disease than alternative embodiments The vaccme compositions of the mvention may also be used therapeutically m combmahon with treatments such as surgery. An example is a situation m which a patient has undergone surgery to remove a primary tumor and the vaccme is then used to slow or prevent recunence and/or metastasis. Where susceptible individuals, e , mdividuals who may be diagnosed as being genetically predisposed to developing a particular type of tumor, for example breast cancer, are identified pnor to diagnosis of cancer, the composition can be targeted to them, thus minimizing the need for administration to a larger population. The dosage for an initial immunization generally occurs in a unit dosage range where the lower value is about 1, 5, 50, 500, or 1,000 μg and the higher value is about 10,000; 20,000; 30,000; or 50,000 μg. Dosage values for a human typically range from about 500 μg to about 50,000 μg per 70 kilogram patient Boostmg dosages of between about 1 0 μg to about 50,000 μg of peptide pursuant to a boostmg regimen over weeks to months may be admmistered dependmg upon the patient's response and condition as determmed by measurmg the specific activity of CTL and HTL obtamed from the patient's blood. Administration should contmue until at least clinical symptoms or laboratory tests mdicate that the tumor has been eliminated or that the tumor cell burden has been substantially reduced and for a penod thereafter. The dosages, routes of administration, and dose schedules are adjusted m accordance with methodologies known in the art. In certain embodiments, peptides and compositions of the present mvention are employed m serious disease states, that is, life-threatening or potentially life threatening situations. In such cases, as a result of the minimal amounts of extraneous substances and the relative nontoxic nature of the peptides m prefeπed compositions of the mvention, it is possible and may be felt desirable by the treating physician to administer substantial excesses of these peptide compositions relative to these stated dosage amounts. The pharmaceutical compositions for therapeutic treatment are intended for parenteral, topical, oral, rntrathecal, or local administration. Preferably, the pharmaceutical compositions are admmistered parentally, e , intravenously, subcutaneously, lntradermally, or intramuscularly. Thus, the mvention provides compositions for parenteral administration which comprise a solution of the immunogenic peptides dissolved or suspended in an acceptable earner, preferably an aqueous canier. A vanety of aqueous caniers may be used, e.g., water, buffered water, 0.8% saline, 0.3% glycine, hyaluronic acid and the like. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile solution prior to administration. The compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions, such as pH-adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents, preservatives, and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc. The concentration of peptides of the invention in the pharmaceutical formulations can vary widely, i.e., from less than about 0.1%, usually at or at least about 2% to as much as 20% to 50% or more by weight, and will be selected primarily by fluid volumes, viscosities, etc., in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected. A human unit dose form of the peptide composition is typically included in a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a human unit dose of an acceptable canier, preferably an aqueous canier, and is administered in a volume of fluid that is known by those of skill in the art to be used for administration of such compositions to humans (see, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 17 h Edition, A. Gennaro, Editor, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania, 1985). The peptides of the invention may also be administered via liposomes, which serve to target the peptides to a particular tissue, such as lymphoid tissue, or to target selectively to infected cells, as well as to increase the half-life of the peptide composition. Liposomes include emulsions, foams, micelles, insoluble monolayers, liquid crystals, phospholipid dispersions, lamellar layers and the like. In these preparations, the peptide to be delivered is incorporated as part of a liposome, alone or in conjunction with a molecule which binds to a receptor prevalent among lymphoid cells, such as monoclonal antibodies which bind to the CD45 antigen, or with other therapeutic or immunogenic compositions. Thus, liposomes either filled or decorated with a desired peptide of the invention can be directed to the site of lymphoid cells, where the liposomes then deliver the peptide compositions. Liposomes for use in accordance with the invention are formed from standard vesicle-forming lipids, which generally include neutral and negatively charged phospholipids and a sterol, such as cholesterol. The selection of lipids is generally guided by consideration of, e.g., liposome size, acid lability and stability of the liposomes in the blood stream. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka, et al, Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng. 9:467 (1980), and U.S. Patent Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728, 4,837,028, and 5,019,369. For targeting cells of the immune system, a ligand to be incorporated into the liposome can include, e.g., antibodies or fragments thereof specific for cell surface determinants of the desired immune system cells. A liposome suspension containing a peptide may be administered intravenously, locally, topically, etc. in a dose which varies according to, inter alia, the manner of administration, the peptide being delivered, and the stage of the disease being treated. For solid compositions, conventional nontoxic solid caniers may be used which include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. For oral administration, a pharmaceutically acceptable nontoxic composition is formed by incorporating any of the normally employed excipients, such as those caniers previously listed, and generally 10-95% of active ingredient, that is, one or more peptides of the invention, and more preferably at a concentration of 25%-75%. For aerosol administration, the immunogenic peptides are preferably supplied in finely divided form along with a surfactant and propellant. Typical percentages of peptides are 0.01%-20% by weight, preferably 1%-10%. The surfactant must, of course, be nontoxic, and preferably soluble in the propellant. Representative of such agents are the esters or partial esters of fatty acids containing from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as caproic, octanoic, lauric, palmitic, stearic, linoleic, linolenic, olesteric and oleic acids with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its cyclic anhydride. Mixed esters, such as mixed or natural glycerides may be employed. The surfactant may constitute 0.1%-20% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.25- 5%. The balance of the composition is ordinarily propellant. A canier can also be included, as desired, as with, e.g., lecithin for intranasal delivery. IV.M. HLA EXPRESSION: IMPLICATIONS FOR T CELL-BASED IMMUNOTHERAPY Disease progression in cancer and infectious disease It is well recognized that a dynamic interaction between exists between host and disease, both in the cancer and infectious disease settings. In the infectious disease setting, it is well established that pathogens evolve during disease. The strains that predominate early in HIV infection are different from the ones that are associated with AIDS and later disease stages (NS versus S strains). It has long been hypothesized that pathogen forms that are effective in establishing infection may differ from the ones most effective in terms of replication and chronicity. Similarly, it is widely recognized that the pathological process by which an individual succumbs to a neoplastic disease is complex. During the course of disease, many changes occur in cancer cells. The tumor accumulates alterations which are in part related to dysfunctional regulation of growth and differentiation, but also related to maximizing its growth potential, escape from drug treatment and/or the body's immunosurveillance. Neoplastic disease results in the accumulation of several different biochemical alterations of cancer cells, as a function of disease progression. It also results in significant levels of intra- and inter- cancer heterogeneity, particularly in the late, metastatic stage. Familiar examples of cellular alterations affecting treatment outcomes include the outgrowth of radiation or chemotherapy resistant tumors during the course of therapy. These examples parallel the emergence of drug resistant viral strains as a result of aggressive chemotherapy, e.g., of chronic HBV and HIV infection, and the cuπent resurgence of drug resistant organisms that cause Tuberculosis and Malaria. It appears that significant heterogeneity of responses is also associated with other approaches to cancer therapy, including anti-angiogenesis drugs, passive antibody immunotherapy, and active T cell-based immunotherapy. Thus, in view of such phenomena, epitopes from multiple disease-related antigens can be used in vaccines and therapeutics thereby counteracting the ability of diseased cells to mutate and escape treatment. The interplay between disease and the immune system One of the main factors contributing to the dynamic interplay between host and disease is the immune response mounted against the pathogen, infected cell, or malignant cell. In many conditions such immune responses control the disease Several animal model systems and prospective studies of natural mfection m humans suggest that immune responses agamst a pathogen can control the pathogen, prevent progression to severe disease and/or eliminate the pathogen A common theme is the requirement for a multispecific T cell response, and that naπowly focused responses appear to be less effective These observations guide skilled artisan as to embodiments of methods and compositions of the present mvention that provide for a broad immune response In the cancer setting there are several findings that mdicate that immune responses can impact neoplastic growth First, the demonstration in many different animal models, that anti-tumor T cells, restncted by MHC class I, can prevent or treat tumors Second, encouragmg results have come from immunotherapy tnals Third, observations made in the course of natural disease conelated the type and composition of T cell infiltrate within tumors with positive clinical outcomes (Couhe PG, et al Antitumor immunity at work in a melanoma patient In Advances in Cancer Research. 213-242, 1999) Finally, tumors commonly have the ability to mutate, thereby changmg then immunological recognition For example, the presence of monospecific CTL was also coπelated with control of tumor growth, until antigen loss emerged (Riker A, et al , Immune selection after antigen-specific immunotherapy of melanoma Surgery, Aug 126(2) 112-20, 1999, Marchand M, et al , Tumor regressions observed m patients with metastatic melanoma treated with an antigenic peptide encoded by gene MAGE-3 and presented by HLA-Al Int J Cancer 80(2) 219-30, Jan 18, 1999) Similarly, loss of beta 2 microglobulm was detected 5/13 lines established from melanoma patients after receivmg immunotherapy at the NCI (Restifo NP, et al , Loss of functional Beta2 - microglobulm m metastatic melanomas from five patients receivmg immunotherapy Journal of the National Cancer Institute, Vol 88 (2), 100-108, Jan. 1996) It has long been recognized that HLA class I is frequently altered in various tumor types This has led to a hypothesis that this phenomenon might reflect immune pressure exerted on the tumor by means of class I restricted CTL The extent and degree of alteration m HLA class I expression appears to be reflective of past immune pressures, and may also have prognostic value (van Duinen SG, et al , Level of HLA antigens in locoregional metastases and clinical course of the disease m patients with melanoma Cancer Research 48, 1019-1025, Feb 1988, Moller P, et al , Influence of major histocompatibihty complex class I and II antigens on survival m colorectal carcinoma Cancer Research 51, 729-736, Jan 1991) Taken together, these observations provide a rationale for immunotherapy of cancer and infectious disease, and suggest that effective strategies need to account for the complex series of pathological changes associated with disease The three mam types of alterations in HLA expression m tumors and their functional significance The level and pattern of expression of HLA class I antigens in tumors has been studied in many different tumor types and alterations have been reported m all types of tumors studied The molecular mechanisms underlmmg HLA class I alterations have been demonstrated to be quite heterogeneous They include alterations in the TAP/processrng pathways, mutations of β2-mιcroglobuhn and specific HLA heavy chains, alterations m the regulatory elements controlling over class I expression and loss of entire chromosome sections There are several reviews on this topic, see, e g , Garndo F, et al , Natural history of HLA expression during tumour development Immunol Today 14(10):491-499, 1993; Kaklamanis L, et al, Loss of HLA class-I alleles, heavy chains and β2-microglobulin in colorectal cancer Int. J. Cancer, 51(3):379-85, May 28,1992. There are three main types of HLA Class I alteration (complete loss, allele- specific loss and decreased expression). The functional significance of each alteration is discussed separately: Complete loss of HLA expression Complete loss of HLA expression can result from a variety of different molecular mechanisms, reviewed in (Algana I, et al, The HLA crossroad in tumor immunology Human Immunology 61, 65-73, 2000; Browning M, et al, Mechanisms of loss of HLA class I expression on colorectal tumor cells Tissue Antigens 47:364-371, 1996; Feπone S, et al., Loss of HLA class I antigens by melanoma cells: molecular mechanisms, functional significance and clinical relevance Immunology Today, 16(10): 487-494, 1995; Gaπido F, et al, Natural history of HLA expression during tumour development Immunology Today 14(10):491-499, 1993; Tait, BD, HLA Class I expression on human cancer cells: Implications for effective immunotherapy Hum Immunol 61, 158-165, 2000). In functional terms, this type of alteration has several important implications. While the complete absence of class I expression will eliminate CTL recognition of those tumor cells, the loss of HLA class I will also render the tumor cells extraordinary sensitive to lysis from NK cells (Ohnmacht, GA, et al, Heterogeneity in expression of human leukocyte antigens and melanoma-associated antigens in advanced melanoma J Cellular Phys 182:332-338, 2000; Liunggren HG, et al, Host resistance directed selectively against H-2 deficient lymphoma variants: Analysis of the mechanism J. Exp. Med., Dec 1; 162(6): 1745-59, 1985; Maio M, et al, Reduction in susceptibility to natural killer cell-mediated lysis of human FO-1 melanoma cells after induction of HLA class I antigen expression by transfection with B2m gene /. Clin. Invest. 88(l):282-9, July 1991; Schrier PI, et al, Relationship between myc oncogene activation and MHC class I expression Adv. Cancer Res., 60: 181-246, 1993). The complementary interplay between loss of HLA expression and gain in NK sensitivity is exemplified by the classic studies of Coulie and coworkers (Coulie, PG, et al, Antitumor immunity at work in a melanoma patient. In Advances in Cancer Research. 213-242, 1999) which described the evolution of a patient's immune response over the course of several years. Because of increased sensitivity to NK lysis, it is predicted that approaches leading to stimulation of innate immunity in general and NK activity in particular would be of special significance. An example of such approach is the induction of large amounts of dendritic cells (DC) by various hematopoietic growth factors, such as Flt3 ligand or ProGP. The rationale for this approach resides in the well known fact that dendritic cells produce large amounts of IL- 12, one of the most potent stimulators for innate immunity and NK activity in particular. Alternatively, IL- 12 is administered directly, or as nucleic acids that encode it. In this light, it is interesting to note that Flt3 ligand treatment results in transient tumor regression of a class I negative prostate murine cancer model (Ciavana RP, et al, Flt3-Ligand induces transient tumor regression in an ectopic treatment model of major histocompatibihty complex-negative prostate cancer Cancer Res 60:2081-84, 2000). In this context, specific anti-tumor vaccines in accordance with the invention synergize with these types of hematopoietic growth factors to facilitate both CTL and NK cell responses, thereby appreciably impairing a cell's ability to mutate and thereby escape efficacious treatment. Thus, an embodiment of the present invention comprises a composition of the invention together with a method or composition that augments functional activity or numbers of NK cells. Such an embodiment can comprise a protocol that provides a composition of the invention sequentially with an NK-inducing modality, or contemporaneous with an NK- inducing modality. Secondly, complete loss of HLA frequently occurs only in a fraction of the tumor cells, while the remainder of tumor cells continue to exhibit normal expression. In functional terms, the tumor would still be subject, in part, to direct attack from a CTL response; the portion of cells lacking HLA subject to an NK response. Even if only a CTL response were used, destruction of the HLA expressing fraction of the tumor has dramatic effects on survival times and quality of life. It should also be noted that in the case of heterogeneous HLA expression, both normal HLA- expressing as well as defective cells are predicted to be susceptible to immune destruction based on "bystander effects." Such effects were demonstrated, e.g., in the studies of Rosendahl and colleagues that investigated in vivo mechanisms of action of antibody targeted superantigens (Rosendahl A, et al, Perform and IFN-gamma are involved in the antitumor effects of antibody-targeted superantigens J. Immunol 160(11):5309-13, June 1, 1998). The bystander effect is understood to be mediated by cytokines elicited from, e.g., CTLs acting on an HLA-bearing target cell, whereby the cytokines are in the environment of other diseased cells that are concomitantly killed. Allele-specific loss One of the most common types of alterations in class I molecules is the selective loss of certain alleles in individuals heterozygous for HLA. Allele-specific alterations might reflect the tumor adaptation to immune pressure, exerted by an immunodominant response restricted by a single HLA restriction element. This type of alteration allows the tumor to retain class I expression and thus escape NK cell recognition, yet still be susceptible to a CTL-based vaccine in accordance with the invention which comprises epitopes coπesponding to the remaining HLA type. Thus, a practical solution to overcome the potential hurdle of allele-specific loss relies on the induction of multispecific responses. Just as the inclusion of multiple disease-associated antigens in a vaccine of the invention guards against mutations that yield loss of a specific disease antigens, simultaneously targeting multiple HLA specificities and multiple disease-related antigens prevents disease escape by allele-specific losses. Decrease in expression (allele-specific or not) The sensitivity of effector CTL has long been demonstrated (Brower, RC, et al, Minimal requirements for peptide mediated activation of CD8+ CTL Mol. Immunol, 31;1285-93, 1994; Chriustnick, ET, et al. Low numbers of MHC class I-peptide complexes required to trigger a T cell response Nature 352:67-70, 1991; Sykulev, Y, et al, Evidence that a single peptide-MHC complex on a target cell can elicit a cytolytic T cell response Immunity, 4(6):565-71, June 1996). Even a single peptide/MHC complex can result in tumor cells lysis and release of anti-tumor lymphokines. The biological significance of decreased HLA expression and possible tumor escape from immune recognition is not fully known. Nevertheless, it has been demonstrated that CTL recognition of as few as one MHC/peptide complex is sufficient to lead to tumor cell lysis. Further, it is commonly observed that expression of HLA can be upregulated by gamma IFN, commonly secreted by effector CTL. Additionally, HLA class I expression can be induced in vivo by both alpha and beta IFN (Halloran, et al. Local T cell responses induce widespread MHC expression. J Immunol 148:3837, 1992; Pestka, S, et al, Interferons and their actions Annu. Rev. Biochem. 56:727-77, 1987). Conversely, decreased levels of HLA class I expression also render cells more susceptible to NK lysis. With regard to gamma IFN, Tones et al (Tones, MJ, et al, Loss of an HLA haplotype in pancreas cancer tissue and its coπesponding tumor derived cell line. Tissue Antigens 47:372-81, 1996) note that HLA expression is upregulated by gamma IFN in pancreatic cancer, unless a total loss of haplotype has occuned. Similarly, Rees and Mian note that allelic deletion and loss can be restored, at least partially, by cytokines such as IFN-gamma (Rees, R., et al. Selective MHC expression in tumours modulates adaptive and innate antitumour responses Cancer Immunol Immunother 48:374-81, 1999). It has also been noted that IFN-gamma treatment results in upregulation of class I molecules in the majority of the cases studied (Browning M, et al , Mechanisms of loss of HLA class I expression on colorectal tumor cells. Tissue Antigens 47:364-71, 1996). Kaklamakis, et al. also suggested that adjuvant immunotherapy with IFN- gamma may be beneficial in the case of HLA class I negative tumors (Kaklamanis L, Loss of transporter in antigen processing 1 transport protein and major histocompatibility complex class I molecules in metastatic versus primary breast cancer. Cancer Research 55:5191-94, November 1995). It is important to underline that IFN-gamma production is induced and self-amplified by local inflammation immunization (Halloran, et al Local T cell responses induce widespread MHC expression J. Immunol 148:3837, 1992), resulting in large increases in MHC expressions even in sites distant from the inflammatory site. Finally, studies have demonstrated that decreased HLA expression can render tumor cells more susceptible to NK lysis (Ohnmacht, GA, et al, Heterogeneity in expression of human leukocyte antigens and melanoma-associated antigens in advanced melanoma J Cellular Phys 182:332-38, 2000; Liunggren HG, et al, Host resistance directed selectively against H-2 deficient lymphoma variants: Analysis of the mechanism ./. Exp. Med., 162(6): 1745-59, December 1, 1985; Maio M, et al, Reduction in susceptibility to natural killer cell-mediated lysis of human FO-1 melanoma cells after induction of HLA class I antigen expression by transfection with β2m gene J. Clin. Invest. 88(l):282-9, July 1991; Schrier PI, et al, Relationship between myc oncogene activation and MHC class I expression Adv. Cancer Res., 60: 181-246, 1993). If decreases in HLA expression benefit a tumor because it facilitates CTL escape, but render the tumor susceptible to NK lysis, then a minimal level of HLA expression that allows for resistance to NK activity would be selected for (Ganido F, et al, Implications for immunosurveillance of altered HLA class I phenotypes in human tumours Immunol Today 18(2):89-96, February 1997). Therefore, a therapeutic compositions or methods in accordance with the invention together with a treatment to upregulate HLA expression and/or treatment with high affinity T-cells renders the tumor sensitive to CTL destruction. Frequency of alterations in HLA expression The frequency of alterations in class I expression is the subject of numerous studies (Algaπa I, et al, The HLA crossroad in tumor immunology Human Immunology 61, 65-73, 2000). Rees and Mian estimate allelic loss to occur overall in 3-20% of tumors, and allelic deletion to occur in 15-50% of tumors. It should be noted that each cell carries two separate sets of class I genes, each gene carrying one HLA-A and one HLA-B locus. Thus, fully heterozygous individuals carry two different HLA-A molecules and two different HLA-B molecules. Accordingly, the actual frequency of losses for any specific allele could be as little as one quarter of the overall frequency. They also note that, in general, a gradient of expression exists between normal cells, primary tumors and tumor metastasis. In a study from Natali and coworkers (Natali PG, et al, Selective changes in expression of HLA class I polymorphic determinants in human solid tumors PNAS USA 86:6719-6723, September 1989), solid tumors were investigated for total HLA expression, using W6/32 antibody, and for allele-specific expression of the A2 antigen, as evaluated by use of the BB7.2 antibody. Tumor samples were derived from primary cancers or metastasis, for 13 different tumor types, and scored as negative if less than 20%, reduced if in the 30-80% range, and normal above 80%. All tumors, both primary and metastatic, were HLA positive with W6/32. In terms of A2 expression, a reduction was noted in 16.1 % of the cases, and A2 was scored as undetectable in 39.4 % of the cases. Gaπido and coworkers (Garrido F, et al, Natural history of HLA expression during tumour development Immunol Today 14(10):491-99, 1993) emphasize that HLA changes appear to occur at a particular step in the progression from benign to most aggressive. Jiminez et al (Jiminez P, et al., Microsatellite instability analysis in tumors with different mechanisms for total loss of HLA expression. Cancer Immunol Immunother 48:684-90, 2000) have analyzed 118 different tumors (68 colorectal, 34 laryngeal and 16 melanomas). The frequencies reported for total loss of HLA expression were 11% for colon, 18% for melanoma and 13 % for larynx. Thus, HLA class I expression is altered in a significant fraction of the tumor types, possibly as a reflection of immune pressure, or simply a reflection of the accumulation of pathological changes and alterations in diseased cells. Immunotherapy in the context of HLA loss A majority of the tumors express HLA class I, with a general tendency for the more severe alterations to be found in later stage and less differentiated tumors. This pattern is encouraging in the context of immunotherapy, especially considering that: 1) the relatively low sensitivity of immunohistochemical techniques might underestimate HLA expression in tumors; 2) class I expression can be induced in tumor cells as a result of local inflammation and lymphokine release; and, 3) class I negative cells are sensitive to lysis by NK cells. Accordingly, various embodiments of the present invention can be selected in view of the fact that there can be a degree of loss of HLA molecules, particularly in the context of neoplastic disease. For example, the treating physician can assay a patient's tumor to ascertain whether HLA is being expressed. If a percentage of tumor cells express no class I HLA, then embodiments of the present invention that comprise methods or compositions that elicit NK cell responses can be employed. As noted herein, such NK-inducing methods or composition can comprise a Flt3 ligand or ProGP which facilitate mobilization of dendritic cells, the rationale being that dendritic cells produce large amounts of IL-12. IL-12 can also be administered directly in either amino acid or nucleic acid form. It should be noted that compositions in accordance with the invention can be administered concuπently with NK cell-inducing compositions, or these compositions can be administered sequentially. In the context of allele-specific HLA loss, a tumor retains class I expression and may thus escape NK cell recognition, yet still be susceptible to a CTL-based vaccine in accordance with the invention which comprises epitopes conesponding to the remaining HLA type. The concept here is analogous to embodiments of the invention that include multiple disease antigens to guard against mutations that yield loss of a specific antigen. Thus, one can simultaneously target multiple HLA specificities and epitopes from multiple disease-related antigens to prevent tumor escape by allele-specific loss as well as disease- related antigen loss. In addition, embodiments of the present invention can be combined with alternative therapeutic compositions and methods. Such alternative compositions and methods comprise, without limitation, radiation, cytotoxic pharmaceuticals, and/or compositions/methods that induce humoral antibody responses. Moreover, it has been observed that expression of HLA can be upregulated by gamma IFN, which is commonly secreted by effector CTL, and that HLA class I expression can be induced in vivo by both alpha and beta IFN. Thus, embodiments of the invention can also comprise alpha, beta and/or gamma IFN to facilitate upregualtion of HLA. IV.N. REPRIEVE PERIODS FROM THERAPIES THAT INDUCE SIDE EFFECTS: "Scheduled Treatment Interruptions or Drug Holidays" Recent evidence has shown that certain patients infected with a pathogen, whom are initially treated with a therapeutic regimen to reduce pathogen load, have been able to maintain decreased pathogen load when removed from the therapeutic regimen, i.e., during a "drug holiday" (Rosenberg, E., et al, Immune control of HIV-1 after early treatment of acute infection Nature 407:523-26, Sept. 28, 2000) As appreciated by those skilled in the art, many therapeutic regimens for both pathogens and cancer have numerous, often severe, side effects. During the drug holiday, the patient's immune system keeps the disease in check. Methods for using compositions of the invention are used in the context of drug holidays for cancer and pathogenic infection. For treatment of an infection, where therapies are not particularly immunosuppressive, compositions of the invention are administered concuπently with the standard therapy. During this period, the patient's immune system is directed to induce responses against the epitopes comprised by the present inventive compositions. Upon removal from the treatment having side effects, the patient is primed to respond to the infectious pathogen should the pathogen load begin to increase. Composition of the invention can be provided during the drug holiday as well. For patients with cancer, many therapies are immunosuppressive. Thus, upon achievement of a remission or identification that the patient is refractory to standard treatment, then upon removal from the immunosuppressive therapy, a composition in accordance with the invention is administered. Accordingly, as the patient's immune system reconstitutes, precious immune resources are simultaneously directed against the cancer. Composition of the invention can also be administered concuπently with an immunosuppressive regimen if desired. IV.O. Kits The peptide and nucleic acid compositions of this invention can be provided in kit form together with instructions for vaccine administration. Typically the kit would include desired peptide compositions in a container, preferably in unit dosage form and instructions for administration. An alternative kit would include a minigene construct with desired nucleic acids of the invention in a container, preferably in unit dosage form together with instructions for administration. Lymphokines such as IL-2 or IL-12 may also be included in the kit. Other kit components that may also be desirable include, for example, a sterile syringe, booster dosages, and other desired excipients. IV.P. Overview Epitopes in accordance with the present invention were successfully used to induce an immune response. Immune responses with these epitopes have been induced by administering the epitopes in various forms. The epitopes have been administered as peptides, as nucleic acids, and as viral vectors comprising nucleic acids that encode the epitope(s) of the invention. Upon administration of peptide-based epitope forms, immune responses have been induced by direct loading of an epitope onto an empty HLA molecule that is expressed on a cell, and via intemalization of the epitope and processing via the HLA class I pathway; in either event, the HLA molecule expressing the epitope was then able to interact with and induce a CTL response. Peptides can be delivered directly or using such agents as liposomes. They can additionally be delivered using ballistic delivery, in which the peptides are typically in a crystalline form. When DNA is used to induce an immune response, it is administered either as naked DNA, generally in a dose range of approximately l-5mg, or via the ballistic "gene gun" delivery, typically in a dose range of approximately 10-100 μg. The DNA can be delivered in a variety of conformations, e.g., linear, circular etc. Various viral vectors have also successfully been used that comprise nucleic acids which encode epitopes in accordance with the invention. Accordingly compositions in accordance with the invention exist in several forms. Embodiments of each of these composition forms in accordance with the invention have been successfully used to induce an immune response. One composition in accordance with the invention comprises a plurality of peptides. This plurality or cocktail of peptides is generally admixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The peptide cocktail can comprise multiple copies of the same peptide or can comprise a mixture of peptides. The peptides can be analogs of naturally occuning epitopes. The peptides can comprise artificial amino acids and/or chemical modifications such as addition of a surface active molecule, e.g., lipidation; acetylation, glycosylation, biotinylation, phosphorylation etc. The peptides can be CTL or HTL epitopes. In a prefened embodiment the peptide cocktail comprises a plurality of different CTL epitopes and at least one HTL epitope. The HTL epitope can be naturally or non-naturally (e.g., PADRE®, Epimmune Inc., San Diego, CA). The number of distinct epitopes in an embodiment of the invention is generally a whole unit integer from one through two hundred (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 105, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200) An additional embodiment of a composition m accordance with the mvention comprises a polypeptide multi-epitope construct, l e , & polyepitopic peptide Polyepitopic peptides m accordance with the mvention are prepared by use of technologies well-known in the art By use of these known technologies, epitopes m accordance with the mvention are connected one to another The polyepitopic peptides can be linear or non-linear, e g , multivalent These polyepitopic constructs can comprise artificial ammo acids, spacmg or spacer ammo acids, flanking ammo acids, or chemical modifications between adjacent epitope units The polyepitopic construct can be a heteropolymer or a homopolymer The polyepitopic constructs generally comprise epitopes in a quantity of any whole unit mteger between 2-150 (e , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or, 100) The polyepitopic construct can comprise CTL and/or HTL epitopes One or more of the epitopes m the construct can be modified, e g , by addition of a surface active material, e g a lipid, or chemically modified, , acetylation, etc Moreover, bonds m the mulhepitopic construct can be other than peptide bonds, e g , covalent bonds, ester or ether bonds, disulfide bonds, hydrogen bonds, ionic bonds etc Alternatively, a composition in accordance with the mvention comprises construct which compnses a series, sequence, stretch, etc , of ammo acids that have homology to ( . e , conesponds to or is contiguous with) to a native sequence This stretch of ammo acids comprises at least one subsequence of amino acids that, if cleaved or isolated from the longer series of amino acids, functions as an HLA class I or HLA class II epitope in accordance with the mvention In this embodiment, the peptide sequence is modified, so as to become a construct as defined herem, by use of any number of techniques known or to be provided m the art The polyepitopic constructs can contain homology to a native sequence m any whole unit mteger mcrement from 70-100%, e g , 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or, 100 percent A further embodiment of a composition in accordance with the mvention is an antigen presentmg cell that comprises one or more epitopes m accordance with the mvention The antigen presenting cell can be a "professional" antigen presentmg cell, such as a dendntic cell The antigen presenting cell can comprise the epitope of the mvention by any means known or to be determmed m the art Such means include pulsing of dendntic cells with one or more individual epitopes or with one or more peptides that comprise multiple epitopes, by nucleic acid administration such as ballistic nucleic acid delivery or by other techniques in the art for administration of nucleic acids, mcludmg vector-based, e g vnal vector, delivery of nucleic acids Further embodiments of compositions in accordance with the mvention comprise nucleic acids that encode one or more peptides of the mvention, or nucleic acids which encode a polyepitopic peptide m accordance with the invention As appreciated by one of ordmary skill in the art, vanous nucleic acids compositions will encode the same peptide due to the redundancy of the genetic code. Each of these nucleic acid compositions falls within the scope of the present invention. This embodiment of the invention comprises DNA or RNA, and in certain embodiments a combination of DNA and RNA. It is to be appreciated that any composition comprising nucleic acids that will encode a peptide in accordance with the invention or any other peptide based composition in accordance with the invention, falls within the scope of this invention. It is to be appreciated that peptide-based forms of the invention (as well as the nucleic acids that encode them) can comprise analogs of epitopes of the invention generated using priniciples already known, or to be known, in the art. Principles related to analoging are now known in the art, and are disclosed herein; moreover, analoging principles (heteroclitic analoging) are disclosed in co-pending application serial number U.S.S.N. 09/226,775 filed 6 January 1999. Generally the compositions of the invention are isolated or purified. The invention will be described in greater detail by way of specific examples. The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes, and are not intended to limit the invention in any manner. Those of skill in the art will readily recognize a variety of non-critical parameters that can be changed or modified to yield alternative embodiments in accordance with the invention. V. EXAMPLES The following examples illustrate identification, selection, and use of immunogenic Class I and Class II peptide epitopes for inclusion in vaccine compositions. Example 1. HLA Class I and Class II Binding Assays The following example of peptide binding to HLA molecules demonstrates quantification of binding affinities of HLA class I and class II peptides. Binding assays can be performed with peptides that are either motif-bearing or not motif-bearing. HLA class I and class II binding assays using purified HLA molecules were performed in accordance with disclosed protocols (e.g., PCT publications WO 94/20127 and WO 94/03205; Sidney et al, Current Protocols in Immunology 18.3.1 (1998); Sidney, et al, J. Immunol. 154:247 (1995); Sette, et al, Mol. Immunol. 31:813 (1994)). Briefly, purified MHC molecules (5 to 500nM) were incubated with various unlabeled peptide inhibitors and 1-lOnM I25 I-radiolabeled probe peptides as described. Following incubation, MHC-peptide complexes were separated from free peptide by gel filtration and the fraction of peptide bound was determined. Typically, in preliminary experiments, each MHC preparation was titered in the presence of fixed amounts of radiolabeled peptides to determine the concentration of HLA molecules necessary to bind 10-20% of the total radioactivity. All subsequent inhibition and direct binding assays were performed using these HLA concentrations. Since under these conditions [label]<[HLA] and IC 50 ≥[HLA], the measured IC 50 values are reasonable approximations of the true K D values. Peptide inhibitors are typically tested at concentrations ranging from 120 μg/ml to 1.2 ng/ml, and are tested in two to four completely independent experiments. To allow comparison of the data obtained in different experiments, a relative binding figure is calculated for each peptide by dividing the IC 50 of a positive control for inhibition by the IC 50 for each tested peptide (typically unlabeled versions of the radiolabeled probe peptide). For database purposes, and inter- experiment comparisons, relative binding values are compiled. These values can subsequently be converted back into IC 50 nM values by dividing the IC 50 nM of the positive controls for inhibition by the relative binding of the peptide of interest. This method of data compilation has proven to be the most accurate and consistent for comparing peptides that have been tested on different days, or with different lots of purified MHC. Binding assays as outlined above can be used to analyze supermotif and/or motif-bearing epitopes as, for example, described in Example 2. Example 2. Identification of HLA Supermotif- and Motif-Bearing CTL Candidate Epitopes Vaccine compositions of the invention may include multiple epitopes that comprise multiple HLA supermotifs or motifs to achieve broad population coverage. This example illustrates the identification of supermotif- and motif-bearing epitopes for the inclusion in such a vaccine composition. Calculation of population coverage is performed using the strategy described below. Computer searches and algorthims for identification of supermotif and/or motif-bearing epitopes The searches performed to identify the motif-bearing peptide sequences in Examples 2 and 5 employed protein sequence data for the tumor-associated antigen HER2/neu. Computer searches for epitopes bearing HLA Class I or Class II supermotifs or motifs were performed as follows. All translated protein sequences were analyzed using a text string search software program, e.g., MotifSearch 1.4 (D. Brown, San Diego) to identify potential peptide sequences containing appropriate HLA binding motifs; alternative programs are readily produced in accordance with information in the art in view of the motif/supermotif disclosure herein. Furthermore, such calculations can be made mentally. Identified A2-, A3-, and DR-supermotif sequences were scored using polynomial algorithms to predict their capacity to bind to specific HLA-Class I or Class II molecules. These polynomial algorithms take into account both extended and refined motifs (that is, to account for the impact of different amino acids at different positions), and are essentially based on the premise that the overall affinity (or ΔG) of peptide-HLA molecule interactions can be approximated as a linear polynomial function of the type: "ΔG" = a 1( x a 2 , x a 3 , x a„, where a,, is a coefficient which represents the effect of the presence of a given amino acid (j) at a given position (i) along the sequence of a peptide of n amino acids. The crucial assumption of this method is that the effects at each position are essentially independent of each other (i.e., independent binding of individual side-chains). When residue y occurs at position i in the peptide, it is assumed to contribute a constant amount J to the free energy of binding of the peptide inespective of the sequence of the rest of the peptide. This assumption is justified by studies from our laboratories that demonstrated that peptides are bound to MHC and recognized by T cells in essentially an extended conformation (data omitted herein). The method of derivation of specific algorithm coefficients has been described in Gulukota et al, J. Mol. Biol. 267: 1258-126, 1997; (see also Sidney et al, Human Immunol. 45:79-93, 1996; and Southwood et al, J. Immunol. 160:3363-3373, 1998). Briefly, for all / positions, anchor and non-anchor alike, the geometric mean of the average relative binding (ARB) of all peptides carryingy is calculated relative to the remainder of the group, and used as the estimate of/,. For Class II peptides, if multiple alignments are possible, only the highest scoring alignment is utilized, following an iterative procedure. To calculate an algorithm score of a given peptide in a test set, the ARB values conesponding to the sequence of the peptide are multiplied. If this product exceeds a chosen threshold, the peptide is predicted to bind. Appropriate thresholds are chosen as a function of the degree of stringency of prediction desired. Selection ofHLA-A2 supertype cross-reactive peptides The complete protein sequence from HER2/neu was scanned, utilizing motif identification software, to identify 8-, 9-, 10-, and 11-mer sequences containing the HLA- A2-supermotif main anchor specificity. A total of 623 HLA-A2 supermotif-positive sequences were identified. Of these, 73 scored positive in the A2 algorithm and the peptides coπesponding to the sequences were then synthesized. An additional 90 A2 supermotif-bearing nonamers and decamers were also synthesized. These 163 peptides were then tested for their capacity to bind purified HLA-A*0201 molecules in vitro (HLA-A*0201 is considered a prototype A2 supertype molecule). Twenty of the peptides bound A*0201 with IC 50 values <500 nM. The twenty A*0201 -binding peptides were subsequently tested for the capacity to bind to additional A2-supertype molecules (A*0202, A*0203, A*0206, and A*6802). As shown in Table XXII, 9 of the 20 peptides were found to be A2-supertype cross-reactive binders, binding at least three of the five A2-supertyρe alleles tested. Selection ofHLA-A3 supermotif-bearing epitopes The protein sequences scanned above are also examined for the presence of peptides with the HLA-A3 -supermotif primary anchors using methodology similar to that performed to identify HLA-A2 supermotif-bearing epitopes. Peptides conesponding to the supermotif-bearing sequences are then synthesized and tested for binding to HLA-A*0301 and HLA-A* 1101 molecules, the two most prevalent A3-supertype alleles. The peptides that are found to bind one of the two alleles with binding affinities of <500 nM are then tested for binding cross-reactivity to the other common A3-supertype alleles (A*3101, A*3301, and A*6801) to identify those that can bind at least three of the five HLA-A3-supertype molecules tested. Examples of HLA-A3 cross-binding supermotif-bearing peptides identified in accordance with this procedure are provided in Table XXIII. Selection of HLA-B 7 supermotif bearing epitopes The same target antigen protein sequences are also analyzed to identify HLA-B7-supermotif- bearing sequences. The conesponding peptides are then synthesized and tested for binding to HLA- B*0702, the most common B7-supertype allele (i.e., the prototype B7 supertype allele). Those peptides that bind B*0702 with IC 50 of <500 nM are then tested for binding to other common B7-supertype molecules (B*3501, B*5101, B*5301, and B*5401) to identify those peptides that are capable of binding to three or more of the five B7-supertype alleles tested. Examples of HLA-B7 cross-binding supermotif-bearing peptides identified in accordance with this procedure are provided in Table XXIV. Selection ofAl andA24 motif-bearing epitopes To further increase population coverage, HLA-Al and -A24 motif-bearing epitopes can also be incorporated into potential vaccine constructs. An analysis of the protein sequence data from the target antigen utilized above is also performed to identify HLA-Al- and A24-motif-containing conserved sequences. The coπesponding peptide sequence are then synthesized and tested for binding to the appropriate allele-specific HLA molecule, HLA-Al or HLA-24. Peptides are identified that bind to the allele-specific HLA molecules at an IC 50 of <500 nM. Examples of peptides identified in accordance with this procedure are provided in Tables XXV and XXVI. Example 3. Confirmation of Immunogenicity The nine cross-reactive candidate CTL A2-supermotif-bearing peptides identified in Example 2 were selected for in vitro immunogenicity testing. Testing was performed using the following methodology: Target Cell Lines for Cellular Screening: The .221A2.1 cell line, produced by transfeπing the HLA-A2.1 gene into the HLA-A, -B, -C null mutant human B-lymphoblastoid cell line 721.221, was used as the peptide-loaded target to measure activity of HLA- A2.1 -restricted CTL. The colon adenocarcinoma cell lines SW403 and HT-29 were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Rockville, MD). The cell lines that were obtained from ATCC were maintained under the culture conditions recommended by the supplier. All other cell lines were grown in RPMI-1640 medium supplemented with antibiotics, sodium pyruvate, nonessential amino acids and 10% (v/v) heat inactivated FCS. The colon cancer cells were treated with lOOU/ml IFNγ (Genzyme) for 48 hours at 37°C before use as targets in the 5, Cr release and in situ IFNγ assays. Primary CTL Induction Cultures: Generation of Dendritic Cells (DC): PBMCs were thawed in RPMI with 30 μg/ml DNAse, washed twice and resuspended in complete medium (RPMI-1640 plus 5% AB human serum, non-essential amino acids, sodium pyruvate, L-glutamine and penicillin/strpetomycin). The monocytes were purified by plating 10 x 10 6 PBMC/well in a 6- well plate. After 2 hours at 37°C, the non-adherent cells were removed by gently shaking the plates and aspirating the supernatants. The wells were washed a total of three times with 3 ml RPMI to remove most of the non-adherent and loosely adherent cells. Three ml of complete medium containing 50 ng/ml of GM-CSF and 1,000 U/ml of IL-4 were then added to each well. DC were used for CTL induction cultures following 7 days of culture. Induction of CTL with DC and Peptide: CD8+ T-cells were isolated by positive selection with Dynal immunomagnetic beads (Dynabeads® M-450) and the detacha-bead® reagent. Typically about 200- 250xl0 6 PBMC were processed to obtain 24xl0 6 CD8 + T-cells (enough for a 48-well plate culture). Briefly, the PBMCs were thawed in RPMI with 30μg/ml DNAse, washed once with PBS containing 1% human AB serum and resuspended in PBS/1% AB serum at a concentration of 20xl0 6 cells/ml. The magnetic beads were washed 3 times with PBS/AB serum, added to the cells (140μl beads/20xl0 6 cells) and incubated for 1 hour at 4°C with continuous mixing. The beads and cells were washed 4x with PBS/AB serum to remove the nonadherent cells and resuspended at lOOxlO 6 cells/ml (based on the original cell number) in PBS/AB serum containing lOOμl/ml detacha-bead® reagent and 30μg/ml DNAse. The mixture is incubated for 1 hour at room temperature with continuous mixing. The beads were washed again with PBS/AB/DNAse to collect the CD8+ T-cells. The DC were collected and centrifuged at 1300 rpm for 5-7 minutes, washed once with PBS with 1% BSA, counted and pulsed with 40μg/ml of peptide at a cell concentration of l-2xl0 6 /ml in the presence of 3 μg/ml β 2 - microglobulm for 4 hours at 20°C. The DC were then iπadiated (4,200 rads), washed 1 time with medium and counted again. Setting up induction cultures: 0.25 ml cytokine-generated DC (@lxl0 5 cells/ml) were co-cultured with 0.25ml of CD8+ T-cells (@2xl0 6 cell/ml) in each well of a 48-well plate in the presence of 10 ng/ml of IL-7. rHuman IL10 was added the next day at a final concentration of 10 ng/ml and rhuman IL2 was added 48 hours later at 10IU/ml. Restimulation of the induction cultures with peptide-pulsed adherent cells: Seven and fourteen days after the primary induction the cells were restimulated with peptide-pulsed adherent cells. The PBMCS were thawed and washed twice with RPMI and DNAse. The cells were resuspended at 5x10 δ cells/ml and iπadiated at ~4200 rads. The PBMCs were plated at 2xl0 6 in 0.5ml complete medium per well and incubated for 2 hours at 37°C. The plates were washed twice with RPMI by tapping the plate gently to remove the nonadherent cells and the adherent cells pulsed with lOμg/ml of peptide in the presence of 3 μg/ml β 2 microglobulin in 0.25ml RPMI/5%AB per well for 2 hours at 37°C. Peptide solution from each well was aspirated and the wells were washed once with RPMI. Most of the media was aspirated from the induction cultures (CD8+ cells) and brought to 0.5 ml with fresh media. The cells were then transfened to the wells containing the peptide-pulsed adherent cells. Twenty four hours later rhuman IL10 was added at a final concentration of lOng/ml and rhuman IL2 was added the next day and again 2-3 days later at 50IU/ml (Tsai et al, Critical Reviews in Immunology 18(l-2):65-75, 1998). Seven days later the cultures were assayed for CTL activity in a 51 Cr release assay. In some experiments the cultures were assayed for peptide-specific recognition in the in situ IFNγ ELISA at the time of the second restimulation followed by assay of endogenous recognition 7 days later. After expansion, activity was measured in both assays for a side by side comparison. Measurement of CTL lytic activity by sl Cr release. Seven days after the second restimulation, cytotoxicity was determined in a standard (5hr) 51 Cr release assay by assaying individual wells at a single E:T. Peptide-pulsed targets were prepared by incubating the cells with lOμg/ml peptide overnight at 37°C. Adherent target cells were removed from culture flasks with trypsin-EDTA. Target cells were labelled with 200μCi of 51 Cr sodium chromate (Dupont, Wilmington, DE) for 1 hour at 37°C. Labelled target cells are resuspended at 10 6 per ml and diluted 1:10 with K562 cells at a concentration of 3.3xl0 6 /ml (an NK-sensitive erythroblastoma cell line used to reduce non-specific lysis). Target cells (100 μl) and lOOμl of effectors were plated in 96 well round-bottom plates and incubated for 5 hours at 37°C. At that time, 100 μl of supernatant were collected from each well and percent lysis was determined according formula [(cpm of the test sample- cpm of the spontaneous 5 l Cr release sample)/(cpm of the maximal 5l Cr release sample- cpm of the spontaneous 51 Cr release sample)] x 100 Maximum and spontaneous release were determined by mcubating the labelled targets with 1% Tπtion X-100 and media alone, respectively A positive culture was defined as one m which the specific lysis (sample- background) was 10% or higher m the case of individual wells and was 15% or more at the 2 highest E T ratios when expanded cultures were assayed In situ Measurement of Human γlFN Production as an Indicator of Peptide-specific and Endogenous Recognition Immulon 2 plates were coated with mouse anti-human IFNγ monoclonal antibody (4 μg/ml 0 IM NaHC0 3 , pH8 2) overnight at 4°C The plates were washed with Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ -free PBS/0 05% Tween 20 and blocked with PBS/ 10% FCS for 2 hours, after which the CTLs (100 μl/well) and targets (100 μl/well) were added to each well, leaving empty wells for the standards and blanks (which received media only) The target cells, either peptide-pulsed or endogenous targets, were used at a concentration of lxlO 6 cells/ml The plates were incubated for 48 hours at 37°C with 5% C0 2 Recombinant human IFNγ was added to the standard wells starting at 400 pg or 1200pg/100μl/well and the plate incubated for 2 hours at 37°C The plates were washed and 100 μl of biotinylated mouse anti- human IFNγ monoclonal antibody (4μg/ml in PBS/3%FCS/0 05% Tween 20) were added and incubated for 2 hours at room temperature After washing again, 100 μl HRP-streptavidin were added and the plates incubated for 1 hour at room temperature The plates were then washed 6x with wash buffer, lOOμl/well developing solution (TMB 1 1) were added, and the plates allowed to develop for 5-15 minutes The reaction was stopped with 50 μl/well IM H 3 P0 4 and read at OD450 A culture was considered positive if it measured at least 50 pg of IFNγ/well above background and was twice the background level of expression CTL Expansion Those cultures that demonstrated specific lytic activity against peptide-pulsed targets and or tumor targets were expanded over a two week period with antι-CD3 Briefly, 5xl0 4 CD8+ cells were added to a T25 flask containing the following lxlO 6 madiated (4,200 rad) PBMC (autologous or allogeneic) per ml, 2x10 5 irradiated (8,000 rad) EBV- transformed cells per ml, and OKT3 (antι-CD3) at 30ng per ml in RPMI-1640 containmg 10% (v/v) human AB serum, non-essential amino acids, sodium pyruvate, 25 μM 2-mercaptoethanol, L-glutamine and penicillin/streptomycin rHuman IL2 was added 24 hours later at a final concentration of 200IU/ml and every 3 days thereafter with fresh media at 50IU/ml The cells were split if the cell concentration exceeded lxl0 6 /ml and the cultures were assayed between days 13 and 15 at E T ratios of 30, 10, 3 and 1 1 m the 51 Cr release assay or at lxl0 6 /ml in the in situ IFNγ assay using the same targets as before the expansion Immunogenicity ofA2 supermotif-bearing peptides A2-supermotιf cross-reactive bmding peptides were tested in the cellular assay for the ability to induce peptide-specific CTL in normal individuals In this analysis, a peptide was considered to be an epitope if it induced peptide-specific CTLs m at least 2 donors (unless otherwise noted) and if those CTLs also recognized the endogenously expressed peptide Peptides that were able to induce a peptide-specific CTL response in at least 2 normal donors are shown in Table XXVII Further analysis demonstrated those that also recognized target cells pulsed with the wild-type peptide and tumor targets that endogenously express HER2/neu (Table XXVII) An additional wild-type peptide, Her2/neu 5 was selected for evaluation based on its A2 1 binding affinity and, although it binds to only 2 HLA-A2 supertype molecules, it was capable of generating a strong CTL response that was both peptide- and tumor-specific Immunogenicity was additionally confirmed using PBMCs isolated from cancer patients Briefly, PBMCs were isolated from two patients with ovarian cancer, re-stimulated with peptide-pulsed monocytes and assayed for the ability to recognize peptide-pulsed target cells as well as transfected cells endogenously expressing the antigen These data mdicated that Her2/neu 435 was recognized in 2 donors as well as Her2/neu 369, Her2/neu 952, and Her2/neu 48 Her2/neu 689 is also an epitope, but not a supertype binder Of the other peptides tested, Her2/neu 665 and Her2/neu 773 were recognized by CTLs from only one of the two patients and CTLs to Her2/neu 153 and Her2/neu 789 recognized peptide-pulsed targets only Evaluation of A *03/A11 immunogenicity HLA-A3 supermotif-bearmg cross-reactive bmding peptides are also evaluated for immunogenicity usmg methodology analogous for that used to evaluate the immunogenicity of the HLA- A2 supermotif peptides Using this procedure, peptides that induce an immune response are identified Examples of such peptides are shown in Table XXIII Evaluation of immunogenicity of Motif/Supermotif-Bearing Peptides Analogous methodology, as appreciated by one of ordmary skill m the art, is employed to determine immunogenicity of peptides bearmg HLA class I motifs and or supermotifs set out herem Using such a prodcedure peptides that induce an immune response are identified Example 4 Implementation of the Extended Supermotif to Improve the Binding Capacity of Native Epitopes by Creating Analogs HLA motifs and supermotifs (compnsmg primary and/or secondary residues) are useful in the identification and preparation of highly cross-reactive native peptides, as demonstrated herem Moreover, the definition of HLA motifs and supermotifs also allows one to engineer highly cross-reactive epitopes by identifying residues within a native peptide sequence which can be analogued, or "fixed" to confer upon the peptide certain characteristics, e g greater cross-reactivity withm the group of HLA molecules that comprise a supertype, and/or greater binding affinity for some or all of those HLA molecules Examples of analog peptides that exhibit modulated binding affinity are set forth in this example and provided in Tables XXII through XXVII Analoguing at Primary Anchor Residues Peptide engineering strategies were implemented to further increase the cross-reactivity of the epitopes identified above On the basis of the data disclosed, e g , in related and co-pending U S S N 09/226,775, the main anchors of A2-supermot.f-beaπng peptides are altered, for example, to introduce a prefeπed L, I, V, or M at position 2, and I or V at the C- terminus Peptides that exhibit at least weak A*0201 bmding (IC 50 of 5000 nM or less), and carrying suboptimal anchor residues at either position 2, the C-terminal position, or both, can be fixed by introducing canonical substitutions (L at position 2 and V at the C-terminus) Those analogued peptides that show at least a three-fold increase in A*0201 binding and bind with an IC 50 of 500 nM, or less were then tested for A2 cross-reactive binding along with their wild-type (WT) counterparts Analogued peptides that bind at least three of the five A2 supertype alleles were then selected for cellular screening analysis (Table XXVII) Additionally, the selection of analogs for cellular screening analysis was further restricted by the capacity of the WT parent peptide to bind at least weakly, i e , bmd at an IC 50 of 5000nM or less, to three of more A2 supertype alleles The rationale for this requirement is that the WT peptides must be present endogenously in sufficient quantity to be biologically relevant Analogued peptides have been shown to have increased immunogenicity and cross-reactivity by T cells specific for the WT epitope (see, e g , Parkhurst et al , J Immunol 157 2539, 1996, and Pogue et al , Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92 8166, 1995) In the cellular screening of these peptide analogs, it is important to demonstrate that analog- specific CTLs are also able to recognize the wild-type peptide and, when possible, tumor targets that endogenously express the epitope Of the 20 peptides identified in Example 2 that bound to HLA-A*0201 at a high affinity, 15 caπied suboptimal pπmary anchor residues and met the criterion for analoguing at primary anchor residues by introducing a canonical substitution Analogs of six of the A*0201 -bmdmg peptides were created and tested for primary bmding to HLA-A*0201 and supertype bindmg (Table XXII) In 4 of 6 cases, bmding to HLA-A*0201 was improved at least three-fold In 4 cases, crossbmdmg capability was also improved In one mstance, peptide Her2/neu 153 did not show a three-fold increase in binding to HLA-A*0201, but crossbmdmg was improved Additionally, 22 peptides that weakly bound to HLA-A*0201 that carry suboptimal anchors were also identified and can also be analogued Two analogs of Her2/neu 5, two analogs of Her2/neu 369, one version of Her2/neu 952, and one version of Her2/neu 665 were selected for cellular screening studies As shown in Table XXVII, both Her2/neu 369L2V9 and V2V9 induced peptide-specific CTLs and those CTLs also recognized the target tumor cells expressmg that endogenously express the antigen Her2neu 5B3V9 and Her2/neu 952L2B7V10 mduced peptide-specific CTLs in at least 2 donors, but when the positive cultures were expanded, no wild- type peptide or endogenous recognition was observed The Her2/neu 665L2V9 analog exhibited bindmg to four of the five A2 supertype alleles tested, whereas the wildtype peptide only binds two of the five alleles In the cellular screenmg analysis, a strong peptide-specific CTL response was observed The positive cultures were expanded and assayed for peptide and endogenous recognition Peptide-specific CTL activity was maintained in some of the cultures, but no conesponding endogenous recognition was observed Using methodology similar to that used to develop HLA-A2 analogs, analogs of HLA- A3 and HLA-B7 supermotif-bearing epitopes are also generated For example, peptides bindmg at least weakly to 3/5 of the A3-supertype molecules can be engineered at primary anchor residues to possess a prefeπed residue (V, S, M, or A) at position 2 The analog peptides are then tested for the ability to bmd A*03 and A* 11 (prototype A3 supertype alleles) Those peptides that demonstrate < 500 nM binding capacity are then tested for A3-supertype cross-reactivity. Examples of HLA- A3 supermotif analog peptides are provided in Table XXIII. B7 supermotif-bearing peptides can, for example, be engineered to possess a prefened residue (V, I, L, or F) at the C-terminal primary anchor position (see, e.g. Sidney et al. (J. Immunol. 157:3480-3490, 1996). Analoged peptides are then tested for cross-reactive binding to B7 supertype alleles. Examples of B7-supermotif-bearing analog peptides are provided in Table XXIV. Similarly, HLA-Al and HLA-A24 motif-bearing peptides can be engineered at primary anchor residues to improvde binding to the allele-specific HLA molecule or to improve cross-reactive binding. Examples of analoged HLA-Al and HLA-A24 motif-bearing peptides are provided in Tables XXV and XXVI. Analoged peptides that exhibit improved binding and/or or cross-reactivity are evaluated for immunogenicity using methodology similar to that described for the analysis of HLA-A2 supermotif- bearing peptides. Using such a procedure, peptides that induce an immune response are identified, e.g. Table XXIII. Analoguing at Secondary Anchor Residues Moreover, HLA supermotifs are of value in engineering highly cross-reactive peptides and/or peptides that bind HLA molecules with increased affinity by identifying particular residues at secondary anchor positions that are associated with such properties. Examples of such analoged peptides are provided in Tables XXII-XXIV. For example, the binding capacity of a B7 supermotif-bearing peptide representing a discreet single amino acid substitution at position 1 can be analyzed. A peptide can, for example, be analogued to substitute L with F at position 1 and subsequently be evaluated for increased binding affinity/ and or increased cross-reactivity. This procedure will identify analogued peptides with modulated binding affinity. Analoged peptides that exhibit improved binding and/or or cross-reactivity are evaluated for immunogenicity using methodology similar to that described for the analysis of HLA-A2 supermotif- bearing peptides. Using such a procedure, peptides that induce an immune response are identified. Other analoguing strategies Another form of peptide analoguing, unrelated to the anchor positions, involves the substitution of a cysteine with α-amino butyric acid. Due to its chemical nature, cysteine has the propensity to form disulfide bridges and sufficiently alter the peptide structurally so as to reduce binding capacity. Subtitution of α-amino butyric acid for cysteine not only alleviates this problem, but has been shown to improve binding and crossbinding capabilities in some instances (see, e.g., the review by Sette et al, In: Persistent Viral Infections. Eds. R. Ahmed and I. Chen, John Wiley & Sons, England, 1999). Analoged peptides that exhibit improved binding and or or cross-reactivity are evaluated for immunogenicity using methodology similar to that described for the analysis of HLA-A2 supermotif- bearing peptides. Using such a procedure, peptides that induce an immune response are identified. This Example therefore demonstrates that by the use of even single amino acid substitutions, the binding affinity and/or cross-reactivity of peptide ligands for HLA supertype molecules is modulated. Example 5. Identification of peptide epitope sequences with HLA-DR binding motifs Peptide epitopes bearing an HLA class II supermotif or motif may also be identified as outlined below using methodology similar to that described in Examples 1-3. Selection of HLA-DR-supermotif-bearing epitopes To identify HLA class II HTL epitopes, the HER2/neu protein sequence was analyzed for the presence of sequences bearing an HLA-DR-motif or supermotif. Specifically, 15-mer sequences were selected comprising a DR-supermotif, further comprising a 9-mer core, and three-residue N- and C-terminal flanking regions (15 amino acids total). Protocols for predicting peptide binding to DR molecules have been developed (Southwood et al, J. Immunol 160:3363-3373, 1998). These protocols, specific for individual DR molecules, allow the scoring, and ranking, of 9-mer core regions. Each protocol not only scores peptide sequences for the presence of DR-supermotif primary anchors (i.e., at position 1 and position 6) within a 9-mer core, but additionally evaluates sequences for the presence of secondary anchors. Using allele specific selection tables (see, e.g., Southwood et al, ibid.), it has been found that these protocols efficiently select peptide sequences with a high probability of binding a particular DR molecule. Additionally, it has been found that performing these protocols in tandem, specifically those for DRl, DR4w4, and DR7, can efficiently select DR cross-reactive peptides. The HER2/neu-derived peptides identified above were tested for their binding capacity for various common HLA-DR molecules. All peptides were initially tested for binding to the DR molecules in the primary panel: DRl, DR4w4, and DR7. Peptides binding at least 2 of these 3 DR molecules with an IC 50 value of 1000 nM or less, were then tested for binding to DR5*0101, DRB1*1501, DRB1*1101, DRB1*0802, and DRB1*1302. Peptides were considered to be cross-reactive DR supertype binders if they bound at an IC 50 value of 1000 nM or less to at least 5 of the 8 alleles tested. Following the strategy outlined above, 188 DR supermotif-bearing sequences were identified within the HER2/neu protein sequence. Of those, 41 scored positive in 2 of the 3 combined DR 147 algorithms. These peptides were synthesized and tested for binding to HLA-DRB 1*0101, DRB 1 *0401 , DRB 1*0701. Of the 41 peptides tested, 18 bound at least 2 of the 3 alleles (Table XXVIII). These 18 peptides were then tested for binding to secondary DR supertype alleles: DRB5*0101, DRB 1*1501, DRB 1*1101, DRB 1 *0802, and DRB 1 * 1302. Nine peptides were identified that bound at least 5 of the 8 alleles tested, of which 8 occuned in distinct, non-overlapping regions (Table XXIX). Selection ofDR3 motif peptides Because HLA-DR3 is an allele that is prevalent in Caucasian, Black, and Hispanic populations, DR3 binding capacity is an important criterion in the selection of HTL epitopes. However, data generated previously indicated that DR3 only rarely cross-reacts with other DR alleles (Sidney et al, J. Immunol. 149:2634-2640, 1992; Geluk et al, J. Immunol. 152:5742-5748, 1994; Southwood et al, J. Immunol. 160:3363-3373, 1998). This is not entirely surprising in that the DR3 peptide-binding motif appears to be distinct from the specificity of most other DR alleles. For maximum efficiency in developing vaccine candidates it would be desirable for DR3 motifs to be clustered in proximity with DR supermotif regions. Thus, peptides shown to be candidates may also be assayed for their DR3 binding capacity. However, in view of the distinct binding specificity of the DR3 motif, peptides binding only to DR3 can also be considered as candidates for inclusion in a vaccine formulation. To efficiently identify peptides that bind DR3, the HER2/neu protein sequence was analyzed for conserved sequences carrying one of the two DR3 specific binding motifs (Table III) reported by Geluk et al. (J. Immunol. 152:5742-5748, 1994). Forty-six motif-positive peptides were identified. The conesponding peptides were then synthesized and tested for the ability to bind DR3 with an affinity of 1000 nM or better, i.e., less than 1000 nM. Seven peptides were found that met this binding criterion (Table XXX), and thereby qualify as HLA class II high affinity binders. Additionally, the 7 DR3 binders were tested for binding to the DR supertype alleles (Table XXXI). Four of the seven DR3 binders bound at least 3 other DR alleles, and one peptide, Her2/neu.886, was a cross-reactive supertype binder as well. Conversely, the DR supertype cross-reactive binding peptides were also tested for DR3 binding capacity. The cross-reactive DR supermotif-bearing peptides showed little capacity to bind DR3 molecules (Table XXXI). DR3 binding epitopes identified in this manner may then be included in vaccine compositions with DR supermotif-bearing peptide epitopes. In summary, 8 DR supertype cross-reactive binding peptides and 7 DR3 binding peptides were identified from the HER2/neu protein sequence, with one peptide shared between the two motifs. Of these, 5 DR supertype and 5 DR3-binding peptides were located in the intracellular domain. Similarly to the case of HLA class I motif-bearing peptides, the class II motif-bearing peptides may be analogued to improve affinity or cross-reactivity. For example, aspartic acid at position 4 of the 9- mer core sequence is an optimal residue for DR3 binding, and substitution for that residue may improve DR 3 binding. Analoged peptides are evaluated for immunogenicity in accordance with the methodology of Example 6. Example 6. Immunogenicity of HTL epitopes This example determines immunogenic DR supermotif- and DR3 motif-bearing epitopes among those identified using the methodology in Example 5. Immunogenicity of HTL epitopes are evaluated in a manner analogous to the determination of immunogenicity of CTL epitopes by assessing the ability to stimulate HTL responses and/or by using appropriate transgenic mouse models. Immunogenicity is determined by screening for: 1.) in vitro primary induction using normal PBMC or 2.) recall responses from cancer patient PBMCs. Example 7. Calculation of phenotvpic frequencies of HLA-supertvpes in various ethnic backgrounds to determine breadth of population coverage This example illustrates the assessment of the breadth of population coverage of a vaccine composition comprised of multiple epitopes comprising multiple supermotifs and/or motifs. In order to analyze population coverage, gene frequencies of HLA alleles were determined. Gene frequencies for each HLA allele were calculated from antigen or allele frequencies utilizing the binomial distribution formulae gf=l-(SQRT(l-af)) (see, e.g., Sidney et al, Human Immunol 45:79-93, 1996). To obtain overall phenotypic frequencies, cumulative gene frequencies were calculated, and the cumulative antigen frequencies derived by the use of the inverse formula [af=l-(l-Cgf) 2 ]. Where frequency data was not available at the level of DNA typing, conespondence to the serologically defined antigen frequencies was assumed. To obtain total potential supertype population coverage no linkage disequilibrium was assumed, and only alleles confirmed to belong to each of the supertypes were included (minimal estimates). Estimates of total potential coverage achieved by inter-loci combinations were made by adding to the A coverage the proportion of the non-A covered population that could be expected to be covered by the B alleles considered (e.g., total=A+B*(l-A)). Confirmed members of the A3-like supertype are A3, Al l, A31, A*3301, and A*6801. Although the A3-like supertype may also include A34, A66, and A*7401, these alleles were not included in overall frequency calculations. Likewise, confirmed members of the A2-like supertype family are A*0201, A*0202, A*0203, A*0204, A*0205, A*0206, A*0207, A*6802, and A*6901. Finally, the B7-like supertype-confirmed alleles are: B7, B*3501-03, B51, B*5301, B*5401, B*5501-2, B*5601, B*6701, and B*7801 (potentially also B*1401, B*3504-06, B*4201, and B*5602). Population coverage achieved by combining the A2-, A3- and B7-supertypes is approximately 86% in five major ethnic groups (see Table XXI). Coverage may be extended by including peptides bearing the Al and A24 motifs. On average, Al is present in 12% and A24 in 29% of the population across five different major ethnic groups (Caucasian, North American Black, Chinese, Japanese, and Hispanic). Together, these alleles are represented with an average frequency of 39% in these same ethnic populations. The total coverage across the major ethnicities when Al and A24 are combined with the coverage of the A2-, A3- and B7-supertype alleles is >95%. An analogous approach can be used to estimate population coverage achieved with combinations of class II motif-bearing epitopes. Example 8. Recognition Of Generation Of Endogenous Processed Antigens After Priming This example determines that CTL induced by native or analogued peptide epitopes identified and selected as described in Examples 1-6 recognize endogenously synthesized, i.e., native antigens, using a transgenic mouse model. Effector cells isolated from transgenic mice that are immunized with peptide epitopes (as described, e.g., in Wentworth et al., Mol. Immunol 32:603, 1995), for example HLA-A2 supermotif- bearing epitopes, are re-stimulated in vitro using peptide-coated stimulator cells. Six days later, effector cells are assayed for cytotoxicity and the cell lines that contain peptide-specific cytotoxic activity are further re-stimulated. An additional six days later, these cell lines are tested for cytotoxic activity on 51 Cr labeled Jurkat-A2.1/K b target cells in the absence or presence of peptide, and also tested on 5l Cr labeled target cells bearing the endogenously synthesized antigen, i.e. cells that are stably transfected with TAA expression vectors. The result will demonstrate that CTL lines obtained from animals primed with peptide epitope recognize endogenously synthesized antigen. The choice of transgenic mouse model to be used for such an analysis depends upon the epitope(s) that is being evaluated. In addition to HLA-A*0201/K b transgenic mice, several other transgenic mouse models including mice with human Al l, which may also be used to evaluate A3 epitopes, and B7 alleles have been characterized and others (e.g., transgenic mice for HLA-Al and A24) are being developed. HLA-DRl and HLA-DR3 mouse models have also been developed, which may be used to evaluate HTL epitopes. Example 9. Activity Of CTL-HTL Conjugated Epitopes In Transgenic Mice This example illustrates the induction of CTLs and HTLs in transgenic mice by use of a tumor associated antigen CTL/HTL peptide conjugate whereby the vaccine composition comprises peptides to be administered to a cancer patient. The peptide composition can comprise multiple CTL and/or HTL epitopes and further, can comprise epitopes selected from multiple-tumor associated antigens. The epitopes are identified using methodology as described in Examples 1-6 This analysis demonstrates the enhanced immunogenicity that can be achieved by inclusion of one or more HTL epitopes in a vaccine composition. Such a peptide composition can comprise an HTL epitope conjugated to a prefened CTL epitope containing, for example, at least one CTL epitope selected from Tables XXVII and XXIII-XXVI, or other analogs of that epitope. The HTL epitope is, for example, selected from Table XXXI. The peptides may be lipidated, if desired. Immunization procedures: Immunization of transgenic mice is performed as described (Alexander et al, J. Immunol. 159:4753-4761, 1997). For example, A2/K b mice, which are transgenic for the human HLA A2.1 allele and are useful for the assessment of the immunogenicity of HLA-A*0201 motif- or HLA- A2 supermotif-bearing epitopes, are primed subcutaneously (base of the tail) with 0.1 ml of peptide conjugate formulated in saline, or DMSO/saline. Seven days after priming, splenocytes obtained from these animals are restimulated with syngenic iπadiated LPS-activated lymphoblasts coated with peptide. The target cells for peptide-specific cytotoxicity assays are Jurkat cells transfected with the HLA- A2.1/K b chimeric gene (e.g., Vitiello et al, J. Exp. Med. 173:1007, 1991). In vitro CTL activation: One week after priming, spleen cells (30xl0 6 cells/flask) are co-cultured at 37°C with syngeneic, iπadiated (3000 rads), peptide coated lymphoblasts (lOxlO 6 cells/flask) in 10 ml of culture medium/T25 flask. After six days, effector cells are harvested and assayed for cytotoxic activity. Assay for cytotoxic activity: Target cells (1.0 to 1.5xl0 6 ) are incubated at 37°C in the presence of 200 μl of 51 Cr. After 60 minutes, cells are washed three times and resuspended in medium. Peptide is added where required at a concentration of 1 μg/ml. For the assay, 10 4 5l Cr-labeled target cells are added to different concentrations of effector cells (final volume of 200 μl) in U-bottom 96- well plates. After a 6 hour incubation period at 37°C, a 0.1 ml aliquot of supernatant is removed from each well and radioactivity is determined in a Micromedic automatic gamma counter. The percent specific lysis is determined by the formula: percent specific release = 100 x (experimental release - spontaneous release)/(maximum release - spontaneous release). To facilitate comparison between separate CTL assays run under the same conditions, % 51 Cr release data is expressed as lytic units/10 6 cells. One lytic unit is arbitrarily denned as the number of effector cells required to achieve 30% lysis of 10,000 target cells in a 6 hour 5l Cr release assay. To obtain specific lytic units/10 6 , the lytic units/10 6 obtained in the absence of peptide is subtracted from the lytic units/10 6 obtained in the presence of peptide. For example, if 30% 51 Cr release is obtained at the effector (E): target (T) ratio of 50: 1 (i.e., 5xl0 5 effector cells for 10,000 targets) in the absence of peptide and 5:1 (i.e., 5xl0 4 effector cells for 10,000 targets) in the presence of peptide, the specific lytic units would be: [(l/50,000)-( 1/500,000)] x 10 6 = 18 LU. The results are analyzed to assess the magnitude of the CTL responses of animals injected with the immunogenic CTL/HTL conjugate vaccine preparation. The magnitude and frequency of the response can also be compared to the the CTL response achieved using the CTL epitopes by themselves. Analyses similar to this may be performed to evaluate the immunogenicity of peptide conjugates containing multiple CTL epitopes and/or multiple HTL epitopes. In accordance with these procedures it is found that a CTL response is induced, and concomitantly that an HTL response is induced upon administration of such compositions. Example 10. Selection of CTL and HTL epitopes for inclusion in a cancer vaccine. This example illustrates the procedure for the selection of peptide epitopes for vaccine compositions of the invention. The peptides in the composition can be in the form of a nucleic acid sequence, either single or one or more sequences (i.e., minigene) that encodes peptide(s), or may be single and/or polyepitopic peptides. The following principles are utilized when selecting an aπay of epitopes for inclusion in a vaccine composition. Each of the following principles is balanced in order to make the selection. Epitopes are selected which, upon administration, mimic immune responses that have been observed to be coπelated with tumor clearance. For example, a vaccine can include 3-4 epitopes that come from at least one TAA. Epitopes from one TAA can be used in combination with epitopes from one or more additional TAAs to produce a vaccine that targets tumors with varying expression patterns of frequently-expressed TAAs as described, e.g., in Example 15. Epitopes are preferably selected that have a binding affinity (IC50) of 500 nM or less, often 200 nM or less, for an HLA class I molecule, or for a class II molecule, 1000 nM or less. Sufficient supermotif bearing peptides, or a sufficient anay of allele-specific motif bearing peptides, are selected to give broad population coverage. For example, epitopes are selected to provide at least 80%) population coverage. A Monte Carlo analysis, a statistical evaluation known in the art, can be employed to assess breadth, or redundancy, of population coverage. When selecting epitopes from cancer- related antigens it is often prefened to select analogs because the patient may have developed tolerance to the native epitope. When creating a polyepitopic composition, e.g. a minigene, it is typically desirable to generate the smallest peptide possible that encompasses the epitopes of interest, although spacers or other flanking sequences can also be incorporated. The principles employed are often similar as those employed when selecting a peptide comprising nested epitopes. Additionally, however, upon determination of the nucleic acid sequence to be provided as a minigene, the peptide sequence encoded thereby is analyzed to determine whether any "junctional epitopes" have been created. A junctional epitope is a potential HLA binding epitope, as predicted, e.g., by motif analysis. Junctional epitopes are generally to be avoided because the recipient may bind to an HLA molecule and generate an immune response to that epitope, which is not present in a native protein sequence. CTL epitopes for inclusion in vaccine compositions are, for example, selected from those listed in Tables XXVII and XXIII-XXVI. Examples of HTL epitopes that can be included in vaccine compositions are provided in Table XXXI. A vaccine composition comprised of selected peptides, when administered, is safe, efficacious, and elicits an immune response that results in tumor cell killing and reduction of tumor size or mass. Example 11. Construction of Minigene Multi-Epitope DNA Plasmids This example provides general guidance for the construction of a minigene expression plasmid. Minigene plasmids may, of course, contain various configurations of CTL and/or HTL epitopes or epitope analogs as described herein. Expression plasmids have been constructed and evaluated as described, for example, in co-pending U.S.S.N. 09/311,784 filed 5/13/99. A minigene expression plasmid may include multiple CTL and HTL peptide epitopes. In the present example, HLA-A2, -A3, -B7 supermotif-bearing peptide epitopes and HLA-Al and -A24 motif- bearing peptide epitopes are used in conjunction with DR supermotif-bearing epitopes and/or DR3 epitopes. Prefened epitopes are identified, for example, in Tables XXVII, XXIII-XXVI, and XXXI. HLA class I supermotif or motif-bearing peptide epitopes derived from multiple TAAs are selected such that multiple supermotifs/motifs are represented to ensure broad population coverage. Similarly, HLA class II epitopes are selected from multiple tumor antigens to provide broad population coverage, i.e. both HLA DR-1-4-7 supermotif-bearing epitopes and HLA DR-3 motif-bearing epitopes are selected for inclusion in the minigene construct. The selected CTL and HTL epitopes are then incorporated into a minigene for expression in an expression vector. This example illustrates the methods to be used for construction of such a minigene-bearing expression plasmid. Other expression vectors that may be used for minigene compositions are available and known to those of skill in. the art. The minigene DNA plasmid contains a consensus Kozak sequence and a consensus murine kappa Ig-light chain signal sequence followed by CTL and/or HTL epitopes selected in accordance with principles disclosed herein. The sequence encodes an open reading frame fused to the Myc and His antibody epitope tag coded for by the pcDNA 3.1 Myc-His vector. Overlapping oligonucleotides, for example eight oligonucleotides, averaging approximately 70 nucleotides in length with 15 nucleotide overlaps, are synthesized and HPLC-purified. The oligonucleotides encode the selected peptide epitopes as well as appropriate linker nucleotides, Kozak sequence, and signal sequence. The final multiepitope minigene is assembled by extending the overlapping oligonucleotides in three sets of reactions using PCR. A Perkin Elmer 9600 PCR machine is used and a total of 30 cycles are performed using the following conditions: 95°C for 15 sec, annealing temperature (5° below the lowest calculated Tm of each primer pair) for 30 sec, and 72°C for 1 min. For the first PCR reaction, 5 μg of each of two oligonucleotides are annealed and extended: Oligonucleotides 1+2, 3+4, 5+6, and 7+8 are combined in 100 μl reactions containing Pfu polymerase buffer (lx= 10 mM KCL, 10 mM (NH 4 ) 2 S0 4 , 20 mM Tris-chloride, pH 8.75, 2 mM MgS0 4 , 0.1% Triton X-100, 100 μg/ml BSA), 0.25 mM each dNTP, and 2.5 U of Pfu polymerase. The full-length dimer products are gel-purified, and two reactions containing the product of 1+2 and 3+4, and the product of 5+6 and 7+8 are mixed, annealed, and extended for 10 cycles. Half of the two reactions are then mixed, and 5 cycles of annealing and extension canied out before flanking primers are added to amplify the full length product for 25 additional cycles. The full-length product is gel-purified and cloned into pCR-blunt (Invitrogen) and individual clones are screened by sequencing. Example 12. The plasmid construct and the degree to which it induces immunogenicity. The degree to which the plasmid construct prepared using the methodology outlined in Example 11 is able to induce immunogenicity is evaluated through in vivo injections into mice and subsequent in vitro assessment of CTL and HTL activity, which are analysed using cytotoxicity and proliferation assays, respectively, as detailed e.g., in U.S.S.N. 09/311,784 filed 5/13/99 and Alexander et al, Immunity 1 :751- 761, 1994. Alternatively, plasmid constructs can be evaluated in vitro by testing for epitope presentation by APC following transduction or transfection of the APC with an epitope-expressing nucleic acid construct. Such a study determines "antigenicity" and allows the use of human APC. The assay determines the ability of the epitope to be presented by the APC in a context that is recognized by a T cell by quantifying the density of epitope-HLA class I complexes on the cell surface. Quantitation can be performed by directly measuring the amount of peptide eluted from the APC (see, e.g., Sijts et al, J. Immunol. 156:683-692, 1996; Demotz et al, Nature 342:682-684, 1989); or the number of peptide-HLA class I complexes can be estimated by measuring the amount of lysis or lymphokine release induced by infected or transfected target cells, and then determining the concentration of peptide necessary to obtained equivalent levels of lysis or lymphokine release (see, e.g., Kageyama et al, J. Immunol. 154:567-576, 1995). To assess the capacity of the pMin minigene construct (e.g., a pMin minigene construct generated as decribed in U.S.S.N. 09/311,784) to induce CTLs in vivo, HLA-Al 1/K b transgenic mice, for example, are immunized intramuscularly with 100 μg of naked cDNA. As a means of comparing the level of CTLs induced by cDNA immunization, a control group of animals is also immunized with an actual peptide composition that comprises multiple epitopes synthesized as a single polypeptide as they would be encoded by the minigene. Splenocytes from immunized animals are stimulated twice with each of the respective compositions (peptide epitopes encoded in the minigene or the polyepitopic peptide), then assayed for peptide-specific cytotoxic activity in a 51 Cr release assay. The results indicate the magnitude of the CTL response directed against the A3-restricted epitope, thus indicating the in vivo immunogenicity of the minigene vaccine and polyepitopic vaccine. It is, therefore, found that the minigene elicits immune responses directed toward the HLA- A3 supermotif peptide epitopes as does the polyepitopic peptide vaccine. A similar analysis is also performed using other HLA-A2 and HLA-B7 transgenic mouse models to assess CTL induction by HLA-A2 and HLA-B7 motif or supermotif epitopes. To assess the capacity of a class II epitope encoding minigene to induce HTLs in vivo, I-A b restricted mice, for example, are immunized intramuscularly with 100 μg of plasmid DNA. As a means of comparing the level of HTLs induced by DNA immunization, a group of control animals is also immunized with an actual peptide composition emulsified in complete Freund's adjuvant. CD4+ T cells, i.e. HTLs, are purified from splenocytes of immunized animals and stimulated with each of the respective compositions (peptides encoded in the minigene). The HTL response is measured using a 3 H-thymidine incorporation proliferation assay, (see, e.g., Alexander et al. Immunity 1:751-761, 1994). The results indicate the magnitude of the HTL response, thus demonstrating the in vivo immunogenicity of the minigene. DNA minigenes, constructed as described in Example 11 , may also be evaluated as a vaccine in combination with a boosting agent using a prime boost protocol. The boosting agent may consist of recombinant protein (e.g., Barnett et al, Aids Res. and Human Retroviruses 14, Supplement 3:S299-S309, 1998) or recombinant vaccinia, for example, expressing a minigene or DNA encoding the complete protein of interest (see, e.g., Hanke et al, Vaccine 16:439-445, 1998; Sedegah et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA 95:7648-53, 1998; Hanke and McMichael, Immunol Letters 66:177-181, 1999; and Robinson et al, Nature Med. 5:526-34, 1999). For example, the efficacy of the DNA minigene may be evaluated in transgenic mice. In this example, A2.1/K b transgenic mice are immunized IM with 100 μg of the DNA minigene encoding the immunogenic peptides. After an incubation period (ranging from 3-9 weeks), the mice are boosted IP with 10 7 pfu mouse of a recombinant vaccinia virus expressing the same sequence encoded by the DNA minigene. Control mice are immunized with 100 μg of DNA or recombinant vaccinia without the minigene sequence, or with DNA encoding the minigene, but without the vaccinia boost. After an additional incubation period of two weeks, splenocytes from the mice are immediately assayed for peptide-specific activity in an ELISPOT assay. Additionally, splenocytes are stimulated in vitro with the A2-restricted peptide epitopes encoded in the minigene and recombinant vaccinia, then assayed for peptide-specific activity in an IFN-γ ELISA. It is found that the minigene utilized in a prime-boost mode elicits greater immune responses toward the HLA-A2 supermotif peptides than with DNA alone. Such an analysis is also performed using other HLA-Al 1 and HLA-B7 transgenic mouse models to assess CTL induction by HLA- A3 and HLA-B7 motif or supermotif epitopes. Example 13. Peptide Composition for Prophylactic Uses Vaccine compositions of the present invention are used to prevent cancer in persons who are at risk for developing a tumor. For example, a polyepitopic peptide epitope composition (or a nucleic acid comprising the same) containing multiple CTL and HTL epitopes such as those selected in Examples 9 and/or 10, which are also selected to target greater than 80% of the population, is administered to an individual at risk for a cancer, e.g., breast cancer. The composition is provided as a single polypeptide that encompasses multiple epitopes. The vaccine is administered in an aqueous carrier comprised of Freunds Incomplete Adjuvant. The dose of peptide for the initial immunization is from about 1 to about 50,000 μg, generally 100-5,000 μg, for a 70 kg patient. The initial administration of vaccine is followed by booster dosages at 4 weeks followed by evaluation of the magnitude of the immune response in the patient, by techniques that determine the presence of epitope-specific CTL populations in a PBMC sample. Additional booster doses are administered as required. The composition is found to be both safe and efficacious as a prophylaxis against cancer. Alternatively, the polyepitopic peptide composition can be administered as a nucleic acid in accordance with methodologies known in the art and disclosed herein. Example 14. Polyepitopic Vaccine Compositions Derived from Native TAA Sequences A native TAA polyprotein sequence is screened, preferably using computer algorithms defined for each class I and/or class II supermotif or motif, to identify "relatively short" regions of the polyprotein that comprise multiple epitopes and is preferably less in length than an entire native antigen. This relatively short sequence that contains multiple distinct, even overlapping, epitopes is selected and used to generate a minigene construct. The construct is engineered to express the peptide, which conesponds to the native protein sequence. The "relatively short" peptide is generally less than 1000, 500, or 250 amino acids in length, often less than 100 amino acids in length, preferably less than 75 amino acids in length, and more preferably less than 50 amino acids in length. The protein sequence of the vaccine composition is selected because it has maximal number of epitopes contained within the sequence, i.e., it has a high concentration of epitopes. As noted herein, epitope motifs may be nested or overlapping (i.e., frame shifted relative to one another). For example, with frame shifted overlapping epitopes, two 9-mer epitopes and one 10-mer epitope can be present in a 10 amino acid peptide. Such a vaccine composition is administered for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes. The vaccine composition will preferably include, for example, three CTL epitopes and at least one HTL epitope from TAAs. This polyepitopic native sequence is administered either as a peptide or as a nucleic acid sequence which encodes the peptide. Alternatively, an analog can be made of this native sequence, whereby one or more of the epitopes comprise substitutions that alter the cross-reactivity and/or binding affinity properties of the polyepitopic peptide. The embodiment of this example provides for the possibility that an as yet undiscovered aspect of immune system processing will apply to the native nested sequence and thereby facilitate the production of therapeutic or prophylactic immune response-inducing vaccine compositions. Additionally such an embodiment provides for the possibility of motif-bearing epitopes for an HLA makeup that is presently unknown. Furthermore, this embodiment (absent analogs) directs the immune response to multiple peptide sequences that are actually present in native TAAs thus avoiding the need to evaluate any junctional epitopes. Lastly, the embodiment provides an economy of scale when producing nucleic acid vaccine compositions. Related to this embodiment, computer programs can be derived in accordance with principles in the art, which identify in a target sequence, the greatest number of epitopes per sequence length. Example 15. Polyepitopic Vaccine Compositions Directed To Multiple Tumors The HER2/neu peptide epitopes of the present invention are used in conjunction with peptide epitopes from other target tumor antigens to create a vaccine composition that is useful for the treatment of various types of tumors. For example, a set of TAA epitopes can be selected that allows the targeting of most common epithelial tumors (see, e.g., Kawashima et al, Hum. Immunol 59:1-14, 1998). Such a composition includes epitopes from CEA, HER-2/neu, and MAGE2/3, all of which are expressed to appreciable degrees (20-60%) in frequently found tumors such as lung, breast, and gastrointestinal tumors. The composition can be provided as a single polypeptide that incorporates the multiple epitopes from the various TAAs, or can be administered as a composition comprising one or more discrete epitopes. Alternatively, the vaccine can be administered as a minigene construct or as dendritic cells which have been loaded with the peptide epitopes in vitro. Targeting multiple tumor antigens is also important to provide coverage of a large fraction of tumors of any particular type. A single TAA is rarely expressed in the majority of tumors of a given type. For example, approximately 50% of breast tumors express CEA, 20% express MAGE3, and 30% express HER-2/neu. Thus, the use of a single antigen for immunotherapy would offer only limited patient coverage. The combination of the three TAAs, however, would address approximately 70% of breast tumors. A vaccine composition comprising epitopes from multiple tumor antigens also reduces the potential for escape mutants due to loss of expression of an individual tumor antigen. Example 16. Use of peptides to evaluate an immune response Peptides of the invention may be used to analyze an immune response for the presence of specific CTL or HTL populations directed to a TAA. Such an analysis may be performed using multimeric complexes as described, e.g., by Ogg et al, Science 279:2103-2106, 1998 and Greten et αt., Proc. Natl Acad. ScL USA 95:7568-7573, 1998. In the following example, peptides in accordance with the invention are used as a reagent for diagnostic or prognostic purposes, not as an immunogen. In this example, highly sensitive human leukocyte antigen teframeric complexes ("tetramers") are used for a cross-sectional analysis of, for example, tumor-associated antigen HLA-A*0201 -specific CTL frequencies from HLA A*0201 -positive individuals at different stages of disease or following immunization using a TAA peptide containing an A*0201 motif. Teframeric complexes are synthesized as described (Musey et al, N. Engl J. Med. 337:1267, 1997). Briefly, purified HLA heavy chain (A*0201 in this example) and β2-microglobulin are synthesized by means of a prokaryotic expression system. The heavy chain is modified by deletion of the transmembrane-cytosolic tail and COOH-terminal addition of a sequence containing a BirA enzymatic biotinylation site. The heavy chain, β2-microglobulin, and peptide are refolded by dilution. The 45-kD refolded product is isolated by fast protein liquid chromatography and then biotinylated by BirA in the presence of biotin (Sigma, St. Louis, Missouri), adenosine 5'triphosphate and magnesium. Streptavidin-phycoerythrin conjugate is added in a 1 :4 molar ratio, and the tetrameric product is concentrated to 1 mg/ml. The resulting product is refened to as teframer-phycoerylhrin. For the analysis of patient blood samples, approximately one million PBMCs are centrifuged at 300g for 5 minutes and resuspended in 50 μl of cold phosphate-buffered saline. Tri-color analysis is performed with the tetramer-phycoerythrin, along with anti-CD8-Tricolor, and anti-CD38. The PBMCs are incubated with tetramer and antibodies on ice for 30 to 60 min and then washed twice before formaldehyde fixation. Gates are applied to contain >99.98% of control samples. Controls for the tetramers include both A*0201 -negative individuals and A*0201-positive uninfected donors. The percentage of cells stained with the tetramer is then determined by flow cytometry. The results indicate the number of cells in the PBMC sample that contain epitope-restricted CTLs, thereby readily indicating the extent of immune response to the TAA epitope, and thus the stage of tumor progression or exposure to a vaccine that elicits a protective or therapeutic response. Example 17. Use of Peptide Epitopes to Evaluate Recall Responses The peptide epitopes of the invention are used as reagents to evaluate T cell responses, such as acute or recall responses, in patients. Such an analysis may be performed on patients who are in remission, have a tumor, or who have been vaccinated with a TAA vaccine. For example, the class I restricted CTL response of persons who have been vaccinated may be analyzed. The vaccine may be any TAA vaccine. PBMC are collected from vaccinated individuals and HLA typed. Appropriate peptide epitopes of the invention that, optimally, bear supermotifs to provide cross-reactivity with multiple HLA supertype family members, are then used for analysis of samples derived from individuals who bear that HLA type. PBMC from vaccinated individuals are separated on Ficoll-Histopaque density gradients (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO), washed three times in HBSS (GIBCO Laboratories), resuspended in RPMI- 1640 (GIBCO Laboratories) supplemented with L-glutamine (2mM), penicillin (50U/ml), streptomycin (50 μg/ml), and Hepes (lOmM) containing 10%> heat-inactivated human AB serum (complete RPMI) and plated using microculture formats. A synthetic peptide comprising an epitope of the invention is added at 10 μg/ml to each well and HBV core 128-140 epitope is added at 1 μg/ml to each well as a source of T cell help during the first week of stimulation. In the microculture format, 4 x 10 5 PBMC are stimulated with peptide in 8 replicate cultures in 96- well round bottom plate in 100 μl/well of complete RPMI. On days 3 and 10, 100 μl of complete RPMI and 20 U/ml final concentration of rIL-2 are added to each well. On day 7 the cultures are transfened into a 96-well flat-bottom plate and restimulated with peptide, rIL-2 and 10 5 iπadiated (3,000 rad) autologous feeder cells. The cultures are tested for cytotoxic activity on day 14. A positive CTL response requires two or more of the eight replicate cultures to display greater than 10% specific 51 Cr release, based on comparison with uninfected control subjects as previously described (Rehermann, et al, Nature Med. 2: 1104,1108, 1996; Rehermann et al, J. Clin. Invest. 97:1655-1665, 1996; and Rehermann et al. J. Clin. Invest. 98: 1432-1440, 1996). Target cell lines are autologous and allogeneic EBV-transformed B-LCL that are either purchased from the American Society for Histocompatibihty and Immunogenetics (ASHI, Boston, MA) or established from the pool of patients as described (Guilhot, et al. J. Virol. .6:2670-2678, 1992). Cytotoxicity assays are performed in the following manner. Target cells consist of either allogeneic HLA-matched or autologous EBV-transformed B lymphoblastoid cell line that are incubated overnight with the synthetic peptide epitope of the invention at 10 μM, and labeled with 100 μCi of 5l Cr (Amersham Corp., Arlington Heights, IL) for 1 hour after which they are washed four times with HBSS. Cytolytic activity is determined in a standard 4 hour, split- well 51 Cr release assay using U- bottomed 96 well plates containing 3,000 targets/well. Stimulated PBMC are tested at effector/target (E/T) ratios of 20-50:1 on day 14. Percent cytotoxicity is determined from the formula: 100 x [(experimental release-spontaneous release)/maximum release-spontaneous release)]. Maximum release is determined by lysis of targets by detergent (2% Triton X-100; Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO). Spontaneous release is <25% of maximum release for all experiments. The results of such an analysis indicate the extent to which HLA-restricted CTL populations have been stimulated by previous exposure to the TAA or TAA vaccine. The class II restricted HTL responses may also be analyzed. Purified PBMC are cultured in a 96- well flat bottom plate at a density of 1.5x10 5 cells/well and are stimulated with 10 μg/ml synthetic peptide, whole antigen, or PHA. Cells are routinely plated in replicates of 4-6 wells for each condition. After seven days of culture, the medium is removed and replaced with fresh medium containing lOU/ml IL-2. Two days later, 1 μCi 3 H-thymidine is added to each well and incubation is continued for an additional 18 hours. Cellular DNA is then harvested on glass fiber mats and analyzed for 3 H-thymidine incorporation. Antigen- specific T cell proliferation is calculated as the ratio of 3 H-thymidine incorporation in the presence of antigen divided by the 3 H-thymidine incorporation in the absence of antigen. Example 18. Induction Of Specific CTL Response In Humans A human clinical trial for an immunogenic composition comprising CTL and HTL epitopes of the invention is set up as an IND Phase I, dose escalation study. Such a trial is designed, for example, as follows: A total of about 27 subjects are enrolled and divided into 3 groups: Group I: 3 subjects are injected with placebo and 6 subjects are injected with 5 μg of peptide composition; Group II: 3 subjects are injected with placebo and 6 subjects are injected with 50 μg peptide composition; Group III: 3 subjects are injected with placebo and 6 subjects are injected with 500 μg of peptide composition. After 4 weeks following the first injection, all subjects receive a booster inoculation at the same dosage. Additional booster inoculations can be administered on the same schedule. The endpoints measured in this study relate to the safety and tolerability of the peptide composition as well as its immunogenicity. Cellular immune responses to the peptide composition are an index of the intrinsic activity of the peptide composition, and can therefore be viewed as a measure of biological efficacy. The following summarize the clinical and laboratory data that relate to safety and efficacy endpoints. Safety: The incidence of adverse events is monitored in the placebo and drug treatment group and assessed in terms of degree and reversibility. Evaluation of Vaccine Efficacy: For evaluation of vaccine efficacy, subjects are bled before and after injection. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells are isolated from fresh heparinized blood by Ficoll- Hypaque density gradient centrifugation, aliquoted in freezing media and stored frozen. Samples are assayed for CTL and HTL activity. The vaccine is found to be both safe and efficacious. Example 19. Therapeutic Use in Cancer Patients Evaluation of vaccine compositions are performed to validate the efficacy of the CTL-HTL peptide compositions in cancer patients. The main objectives of the trials are to determine an effective dose and regimen for inducing CTLs in cancer patients, to establish the safety of inducing a CTL and HTL response in these patients, and to see to what extent activation of CTLs improves the clinical picture of cancer patients, as manifested by a reduction in tumor cell numbers. Such a study is designed, for example, as follows: The studies are performed in multiple centers. The trial design is an open-label, uncontrolled, dose escalation protocol wherein the peptide composition is administered as a single dose followed six weeks later by a single booster shot of the same dose. The dosages are 50, 500 and 5,000 micrograms per injection. Drug-associated adverse effects (severity and reversibility) are recorded. There are three patient groupings. The first group is injected with 50 micrograms of the peptide composition and the second and third groups with 500 and 5,000 micrograms of peptide composition, respectively. The patients within each group range in age from 21-65, include both males and females (unless the tumor is sex-specific, e.g., breast or prostate cancer), and represent diverse ethnic backgrounds. Example 20. Induction of CTL Responses Using a Prime Boost Protocol A prime boost protocol similar in its underlying principle to that used to evaluate the efficacy of a DNA vaccine in transgenic mice, which was described in Example 12, can also be used for the administration of the vaccine to humans. Such a vaccine regimen may include an initial administration of, for example, naked DNA followed by a boost using recombinant virus encoding the vaccine, or recombinant protein/polypeptide or a peptide mixture administered in an adjuvant. For example, the initial immunization can be performed using an expression vector, such as that constructed in Example 11, in the form of naked nucleic acid administered IM (or SC or ID) in the amounts of 0.5-5 mg at multiple sites. The nucleic acid (0.1 to 1000 μg) can also be administered using a gene gun. Following an incubation period of 3-4 weeks, a booster dose is then administered. The booster can be recombinant fowlpox virus administered at a dose of 5-10 7 to 5xl0 9 pfu. An alternative recombinant virus, such as an MVA, canarypox, adenovirus, or adeno-associated virus, can also be used for the booster, or the polyepitopic protein or a mixture of the peptides can be administered. For evaluation of vaccine efficacy, patient blood samples will be obtained before immunization as well as at intervals following administration of the initial vaccine and booster doses of the vaccine. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells are isolated from fresh heparinized blood by Ficoll-Hypaque density gradient centrifugation, aliquoted in freezing media and stored frozen. Samples are assayed for CTL and HTL activity. Analysis of the results will indicate that a magnitude of response sufficient to achieve protective immunity against cancer is generated. Example 21. Administration of Vaccine Compositions Using Dendritic Cells Vaccines comprising peptide epitopes of the invention can be administered using antigen- presenting cells, or "professional" APCs such as dendritic cells. In this example, the peptide-pulsed DC are administered to a patient to stimulate a CTL response in vivo. In this method, dendritic cells are isolated, expanded, and pulsed with a vaccine comprising peptide CTL and HTL epitopes of the invention. The dendritic cells are infused back into the patient to elicit CTL and HTL responses in vivo. The induced lymphocytes then destroy or facilitate destruction of the specific target tumor cells that bear the proteins from which the epitopes in the vaccine are derived. For example, a cocktail of epitope-bearing peptides is administered ex vivo to PBMC, or isolated DC therefrom, from the patient's blood. A pharmaceutical to facilitate harvesting of DC can be used, such as Progenipoietin™ (Monsanto, St. Louis, MO) or GM-CSF/IL-4. After pulsing the DC with peptides and prior to reinfusion into patients, the DC are washed to remove unbound peptides. As appreciated clinically, and readily determined by one of skill based on clinical outcomes, the number of dendritic cells reinfused into the patient can vary (see, e.g., Nature Med. 4:328, 1998; Nature Med. 2:52, 1996 and Prostate 32:272, 1997). Although 2-50 x 10 6 dendritic cells per patient are typically administered, larger number of dendritic cells, such as 10 7 or 10 8 can also be provided. Such cell populations typically contain between 50-90% dendritic cells. In some embodiments, peptide-loaded PBMC are injected into patients without purification of the DC. For example, PBMC containing DC generated after treatment with an agent such as Progenipoietin™ are injected into patients without purification of the DC. The total number of PBMC that are administered often ranges from 10 8 to 10 10 . Generally, the cell doses injected into patients is based on the percentage of DC in the blood of each patient, as determined, for example, by immunofluorescence analysis with specific anti-DC antibodies. Thus, for example, if Progenipoietin™ mobilizes 2% DC in the peripheral blood of a given patient, and that patient is to receive 5 x 10 6 DC, then the patient will be injected with a total of 2.5 x 10 8 peptide-loaded PBMC. The percent DC mobilized by an agent such as Progenipoietin™ is typically estimated to be between 2-10%, but can vary as appreciated by one of skill in the art. Ex vivo activation of CTL/HTL responses Alternatively, ex vivo CTL or HTL responses to a particular tumor-associated antigen can be induced by incubating in tissue culture the patient's, or genetically compatible, CTL or HTL precursor cells together with a source of antigen-presenting cells (APC), such as dendritic cells, and the appropriate immunogenic peptides. After an appropriate incubation time (typically about 7-28 days), in which the precursor cells are activated and expanded into effector cells, the cells are infused back into the patient, where they will destroy (CTL) or facilitate destruction (HTL) of their specific target cells, i.e., tumor cells. Example 22. Alternative Method of Identifying Motif-Bearing Peptides Another way of identifying motif-bearing peptides is to elute them from cells bearing defined MHC molecules. For example, EBV transformed B cell lines used for tissue typing, have been extensively characterized to determine which HLA molecules they express. In certain cases these cells express only a single type of HLA molecule. These cells can then be infected with a pathogenic organism or transfected with nucleic acids that express the tumor antigen of interest. Thereafter, peptides produced by endogenous antigen processing of peptides produced consequent to infection (or as a result of transfection) will bind to HLA molecules within the cell and be transported and displayed on the cell surface. The peptides are then eluted from the HLA molecules by exposure to mild acid conditions and their amino acid sequence determined, e.g., by mass spectral analysis (e.g., Kubo et al, J. Immunol. 152:3913, 1994). Because, as disclosed herein, the majority of peptides that bind a particular HLA molecule are motif-bearing, this is an alternative modality for obtaining the motif-bearing peptides coπelated with the particular HLA molecule expressed on the cell. Alternatively, cell lines that do not express any endogenous HLA molecules can be transfected with an expression construct encoding a single HLA allele. These cells may then be used as described, i.e., they may be infected with a pathogenic organism or transfected with nucleic acid encoding an antigen of interest to isolate peptides coπesponding to the pathogen or antigen of interest that have been presented on the cell surface. Peptides obtained from such an analysis will bear motif(s) that coπespond to binding to the single HLA allele that is expressed in the cell. As appreciated by one in the art, one can perform a similar analysis on a cell bearing more than one HLA allele and subsequently determine peptides specific for each HLA allele expressed. Moreover, one of skill would also recognize that means other than infection or transfection, such as loading with a protein antigen, can be used to provide a source of antigen to the cell. The above examples are provided to illustrate the invention but not to limit its scope. For example, the human terminology for the Major Histocompatibihty Complex, namely HLA, is used throughout this document. It is to be appreciated that these principles can be extended to other species as well. Thus, other variants of the invention will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art and are encompassed by the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent application cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes. TABLE I Bolded residues are prefeπed, italicized residues are less prefeπed: A peptide is considered motif-bearing if it has primary anchors at each primary anchor position for a motif or supermotif as specified in the above table. TABLE la *If 2 is V, or Q, the C-term is not L Bolded residues are prefeπed, italicized residues are less prefeπed: A peptide is considered motif-bearing if it has primary anchors at each primary anchor position for a motif or supermotif as specified in the above table. TABLE II POSITION ¥ TJ TJ ¥ ¥ C-terminus SUPERMOTIFS Al« 1° Anchor 1° Anchor T,l,L, V,M,S F.W.Y A2 1° Anchor 1° Anchor L,I,V,M_ , L.IN.M.A.T T,Q A3 prefened 1° Anchor Y,F,W, (4/5) Y.F.W, Y.F.W, (4/5) P, (4/5) 1 "Anchor V,S,M,A,:Γ. (3/5) R,K L,I deleterious D,E (3/5); P, (5/5) D,E, (4/5) 1° Anchor 1° Anchor O A24 Y,Y,W,I, V, F,\,Y, W,L,M L.M. T B7 prefened F.W.Y (5/5) 1 "Anchor F,W,Y (4/5) F,W,Y, l°Anchor L,IN, , (3/5) P (3/5) V,l,L,F, M. W. Y.A deleterious D r '?.I5); P(5/5); D,E, (3/5) G, (4/5) Q,N, (4/5) D,E, (4/5) G(4/5); A(3/5); Q,N, (3/5) 1" Anchor 1" Anchor B27 R,H,K Έ,Ύ,L,WM, V,A 1° Anchor 1° Anchor B44 Έ,D F,W,Y ) L,I,M,V,A 1° Anchor 1° Anchor B58 A,T,S F.W.YJJ F. Λ 1° Anchor 1° Anchor B62 Q .I. V.M, F.W.Y. .y. V.L.A P POSITION 0 C-terminus MOTIFS Al prefened G.F.Y.W, 1° Anchor D,E,A, Y.F.W, D.E.Q.N, Y,F,W, 1 "Anchor 9-mer S.T.M, Y deleterious D,E, R.H.K.L.IN A, G, M.P, A l prefeπed G.R.H.K A.S.T.C.L.I 1 "Anchor G.S.T.C, A,S,T,C, L.I.V.M, D,E, 1 "Anchor 9-mer V.M, D .S Y -4 deleterious A R,H,K,D,E, D.E, P,Q,N, R,H,K, P,G, G,P, -4 P.Y.F.W, POSITION HI _ C-terminus or C-terminus Al peferred Y,F,W, l°Anchor D.E.A.Q.N, A, Y,F,W,Q,N, P.A.S.T.C, G,D,E, 1 "Anchor 10-mer S.T.M Y deleterious G,P, R,H,K,G,L,I D,E, R.H.K, Q.N.A R,H > K,Y,F, R.H.K, W, Al prefened Y,F,W, S.T.C.L.I.V 1 "Anchor A, Y,F,W, P,G, G, Y,F,W, 1 "Anchor 10-mer M, D.E^.5 Y -4 oe deleterious R,H,K, R.H.K.D.E, P, G, P.R,H,K, Q.N, P,Y,F,W, A2.1 preferred Y.F.W, 1 "Anchor Y.F.W, S.T.C, Y,F,W, A, 1 "Anchor 9-mer LMJ. Q. V,L,1,M,A, T A.T deleterious D,E,P, D,E,R,K,H R,K,H D,E,R,K,H A2.1 prefened A.Y.F.W. 1 "Anchor L.V.I.M, G, F,Y,W,L, 1 "Anchor 10-mer L,MJ, β V.I. , V±.I.M.A. T A.T deleterious D,E,P, D,E, R.K.H.A, R,K,H, D,E,R,K, R,K,H, H, POSITION i @ C- or terminus C-terminus A3 prefened R.H.K, 1 "Anchor Y.F.W, P,R,H,K,Y, Y.F.W, I "Anchor L.M,V,I,S, F,W, K,Y,R,H,F,A A.T.F.CG D deleterious D.E.P, D.E A 1 1 prefened . A, 1 "Anchor Y.F.W, Y.FW, Y.F.W, Y.FW, 1 "Anchor V,T,L,M,I, K..RYM S,A,G,N,C. D.F deleterious D.E.P, A24 preferred Y.F.W.R.H.K, 1 "Anchor S.T.C Y.F.W, Y.F.W. 1 "Anchor 9-mer Y,F,W.iW F.L.1-W deleterious D,E,G, D.E. Q.N.P. D,E,R,H,K, G, A.Q.N, A24 prefeπed 1 "Anchor P, 1 "Anchor 10-mer Y.F.W.M F.L.I.W deleterious G.D.E Q,N R.H.K D,E Q.N, D.E.A. A3101 prefeπed R.H.K, 1 "Anchor Y.F.W, Y.F.W, Y.F.W, A.P, 1 "Anchor M,V,T,A,L, R,/_ I.S deleterious D,E,P, D,E. A.D.E, D,E, D.E, D.E. POSITION Θ C- or terminus C-terminus A3301 prefened 1 "Anchor Y.F.W A.Y.F.W 1 "Anchor M.V.A.L.F, R,K I.S.T deleterious G,P D,E A6801 prefened Y.F.W.S.T.C, 1 "Anchor Y.F.W.L.I, Y.F.W, P, 1 "Anchor A,V,T,M,S, V.M R,K L.I deleterious G,P, D,E,G. R.H.K, A, oe o B0702 preferred R.H.K.F.W.Y, 1 "Anchor R.H.K. R.H.K, R.H.K, R.H.K. P,A, 1 "Anchor P L,M,F, W, Y,A. I. V deleterious D,E,Q,N,P, D.E.P, D.E, D.E, G.D.E, Q,N, D.E, B3501 prefened F.W,Y,L,I,V,M, 1 "Anchor F.W.Y, F.W.Y, 1 "Anchor P L.M.F.W.YJ V,A deleterious A.G.P, POSITION II a C- or terminus C-terminus B51 prefened L,I,V.M,F,W,Y, l°Anchor F.W.Y, S.T.C, F.W.Y, G, F.W.Y, 1 "Anchor P L.IN.F,^ Y,A,M deleterious A.G.P.D.E.R.H.K, D,E, D.E.Q.N, G.D.E, S.T.C. B5301 prefened L,I,V,M,F,W,Y, 1"Anchor F.W.Y. S.T.C, F.W.Y, L.IN.M.F, F.W.Y, 1"Anchor P W.Y, I.M.F.W.Y, A.L. V deleterious A.G.P.Q.N, G, R,H,K,Q,N, D,E, B5401 prefened F.W.Y, 1"Anchor F.W.Y.L.IN L.I.V.M, A.L.IN.M, F.W.Y.A.P. 1"Anchor P M, A.T.I.V.L, M.F. W. Y deleterious G.P.Q.N.D.E, G.D.E.S.T.C, R,H,K,D,E, D.E, Q.N.D.G.E, D,E,< Italicized residues indicate less prefeπed or "tolerated" residues. The information in Table II is specific for 9-mers unless otherwise specified. Secondary anchor specificities are designated for each position indepehdently. Table III POSITION MOTIFS 1° anchor 1 1° anchor 6 DR4 prefened F, M, Y,I, /, M, T, V, S, T, C, P, A, M, H, M, H V, W, L, I, M, deleterious W, R, W, D, E DRl prefened M, F, L, I, V, P. A, M, Q, V, M, A, T, S, P, M, A, \ W, Y, L, I, C, deleterious c C, H F, D c, w, D G, D, E, D DR7 prefened M, F, L, I, V, M, W, A, I, V, M, S, A, C, M, L V W, Y, T, P, L, deleterious c, G, G, R, D, N G DR Supermotif M, F, L, I, V, V, M, S, T, A, C, W, Y, P, L, L DR3 MOTIFS 1° anchor 1 1° anchor 4 1° anchor 6 motif a L, I, V, M, F, prefened Y, D motif b L, I, V, M, F, D, N, Q, E, prefened S, T K, R, H Italicized residues indicate less prefeπed or "tolerated" residues. Secondary anchor specificities are designated for each position independen Table IV: HLA Class I Standard Peptide Binding Affinity. Table V. HLA Class II Standard Peptide Binding Affinity. Table VI Allelle-specific HLA-supertype members HLA-supertype Verified 3 Predicted" Al A*0101, A*2501, A*2601, A*2602, A*3201 A*0102, A*2604, A*3601, A*4301, A*8001 A2 A*0201, A*0202, A*0203, A*0204, A*0205, A*0206, A*0207, A*0208, A*0210, A*0211, A*0212, A*0213 A*0209, A*0214, A*6802, A*6901 A3 A*0301, A*l 101, A*3101, A*3301, A*6801 A*0302, A*l 102, A*2603, A*3302, A*3303, A*3401, A*3402, A*6601, A*6602, A*7401 A24 A*2301, A*2402, A*3001 A*2403, A*2404, A*3002, A*3003 B7 B*0702, B*0703, B*0704, B*0705, B*1508, B*3501, B*3502, B*3503, B*1511, B*4201, B*5901 B*3503, B*3504, B*3505, B*3506, B*3507, B*3508, B*5101, B*5102, B*5103, B*5104, B*5105, B*5301, B*5401, B*5501, B*5502, B*5601, B*5602, B*6701, B*7801 B27 B*1401, B*1402, B* 1509, B*2702, B*2703, B*2704, B*2705, B*2706, B*2701, B*2707, B*2708, B*3802, B*3903, B*3904, B*3801, B*3901, B*3902, B*7301 B*3905, B*4801, B*4802, B* 1510, B*1518, B*1503 B44 B* 1801, B* 1802, B*3701, B*4402, B*4403, B*4404, B*4001, B*4002, B*4101, B*4501, B*4701, B*4901, B*5001 B*4006 oe -I B58 B*5701, B*5702, B*5801, B*5802, B*1516, B*1517 B62 B*1501, B*1502, B* 1513, B*5201 B*1301, B* 1302, B* 1504, B*1505, B*1506, B*1507, B* 1515, B* 1520, B*1521, B*1512, B*1514, B* 1510 a. Verified alleles include alleles whose specificity has been determined by pool sequencing analysis, peptide binding assays, or by analysi of the sequences of CTL epitopes. b. Predicted alleles are alleles whose specificity is predicted on the basis of B and F pocket structure to overlap with the supertype specificity. . oc _ o oc __ ? _; σ- * oc σ. _ _r_ l.ibleVlll HER2/NEU AP2 Supermotif willi Binding Dala Position 7' ) 8 79 9 ,S2 8 152 10 121 8 101 II 176 II 71 8 114 8 425 II 4 6 10 o oo i 986 9 00002 1091 9 000OI 1091 II I2D2 II 1 9 1 II fι2l 8 f.2l II 72" 10 00001 I (ISO II 19 8 <II 10 701 9 00002 701 II I2H 10 HI 10 ooooi MM 9 lift I 10 00002 I I 89 9 00002 1189 10 419 10 n onto 21.2 9 262 10 00005 262 II 787 8 787 1 00004 787 II 672 II 660 8 660 10 00007 660 II 865 8 Table VIII IIER2/NEU AP2 Supermotif with Binding Data Nιι nf Λ'0201 Λ* 202 Λ*O203 Λ*0206 Λ*6802 Λmino Λculs 846 8 5(19 X 253 II 465 8 465 1 i 8 11 <) 11 11 179 8 1075 II 866 10 114 10 00002 85 l 00001 181 9 467 8 467 II 674 9 1 4 8 12 9 00008 12 10 00006 869 II 1008 10 00001 1008 II 914 8 785 9 785 10 00490 II 10 00054 II II 822 8 822 9 00016 15 9 00007 1 II 690 8 690 II 662 8 662 9 00001 800 8 80(1 II 74 II 691 10 691 1! 445 9 445 II 547 9 547 II 140 9 140 10 392 8 392 II 96 10 Table VIU HER2/NEU A02 Supermotif with Binding Data Position No. of Λ*0201 Λ*0202 Λ*0203 Λ*0206 Λ*6802 Λnnno I 109 9 I 1119 10 197 10 397 I I 428 8 428 9 l lll 10 145 9 145 10 145 II 181 II 443 8 443 I I 1197 8 700 I I 215 II 651 8 651 9 65| II 790 8 790 9 790 II 62 8 2 10 11.1 1 00002 1017 8 1017 9 (.96 10 696 II 841 8 8 1 I I 852 8 852 1 852 I I 972 8 ooooi 972 9 ooooi 796 II 271 8 663 8 663 I I 774 9 00014 979 9 0.0001 979 1 979 II 953 S 953 9 100 1 45 II 827 1 916 II TableVIIl HER2/NEU ΛP2 Siipermolif with Binding Data Position KI P II 68 10 160 II 59 9 59 II 127 9 127 10 70S 8 708 II 119 lo 177 8 177 lo 89 8 89 II 188 10 275 8 471 9 471 10 75S lo 758 II 125 8 745 8 715 10 00001 745 II 850 10 OOOOI IISK 8 I I 58 9 II 1 10 OOOOI 611 9 00001 611 lo 1211 lo OOOOI 11 2 II 269 8 269 lo 1015 8 1015 9 927 8 927 9 oooi 185 8 If, 8 16 10 00001 16 II 996 8 945 9 915 10 945 II 885 10 885 II 627 9 00002 627 II c i < _ z c © c © © © TableVHI HER2/NEU AP2 Siipermolif with Binding Data Position No. of Λ*0201 Λ*0202 Λ*0203 Λ»O206 Λ*6802 Λmtno Λctds 106 10 0.0065 1.1 00 0.0170 0.5400 106 II 484 9 0.0062 484 10 00001 484 II 799 8 799 9 0.0230 0.0044 0.0880 0.0052 0.003 I 396 8 396 II III a 141 9 0.0008 711 8 711 10 0.0001 1027 III 679 8 679 9 24 ,8 24 10 0.0001 398 9 398 10 429 a 93 9 93 1 0.0001 90 10 0.0001 54 9 OOOI 54 lo 1 0 9 o.oooi 647 8 647 9 0.0002 647 II 354 8 434 10 0.0180 434 II 713 8 713 II 100 8 816 8 868 8 784 8 784 10 784 II 689 8 689 9 0.0 10 34 8 34 10 O OOI 940 9 0.0002 940 10 98 R 98 1 (1.0001 840 8 Table VIH I1ER2/NEU A02 Siipcrinolif with Binding Dala .silioπ No of Λ'0201 Λ'0202 Λ*0201 Λ*02O6 Λ*6802 Λmino Λcuk 840 9 00001 978 10 00020 978 II 678 9 678 10 92 8 92 10 92 11 217 9 140 8 140 II 545 II 158 8 65 8 656 9 656 1 00009 (.56 11 413 10 00002 6 9 00720 0 0082 0 2900 0 01 10 0 2700 (Λl 10 00002 651 II o 891 8 o 1007 8 1007 II 418 II 1100 10 00059 457 9 00002 457 10 457 11 70 8 70 II 144 lo 00150 144 11 4 2 9 00003 214 8 281 10 819 9 819 II 532 10 105 8 105 9 105 10 00001 1235 8 1235 9 1002 8 22 8 22 10 1051 9 1051 10 l()5| II TableVlll HER2.NEU AP2 Supcrniolif wilh Bindins Dala Position No. of Λ*020l Λ*02O2 Λ*0203 Λ*020(> Λ*6802 Λinino Λcϊcls 792 9 792 1 23 8 4 1 9 573 9 297 8 297 lo 1242 8 1242 10 00001 496 10 389 9 0.0002 389 II 948 8 948 9 0.0005 402 9 0.0018 402 II I I 66 8 1060 II 686 9 686 II 526 lo 105 9 105 10 105 II 798 9 798 10 23 9 23 II 218 8 1117 8 793 8 793 9 911 10 733 8 750 10 597 8 988 10 430 II 116 8 116 II 725 9 725 10 0.0007 (.66 8 666 9 0.0005 (.66 1 TableVIH I1ER2/NEU AP2 Siipermolif with Binding Dala Posit ion No of Λ*020i Λ'0202 Λ*0201 Λ*6802 Λniino Λutls 8 1 8 81 II 151 9 00290 516 10 00009 75t in 851 9 00002 851 II 771 lo 00180 6 8 5 lo 80 8 791 8 296 9 296 II 571 8 129 9 797 10 797 II 156 10 910 8 910 II 272 II 658 8 65S 9 00005 658 10 o 0009 987 8 987 II 1180 II 665 9 01 00 00040 00200 665 10 00027 665 11 55 8 S 9 55 II 664 10 00032 664 II 719 8 719 10 452 10 00001 888 8 411 9 00003 815 8 1218 8 1 8 1 II 101 10 00002 101 II 1196 8 1196 9 OOOI 109 II *τ © o — c © c c © < fa_ Z Table IX IIER2/1NEU Λ03 Supermotif with Binding Data Position No r Λ*030l Λ*II0I Λ*3I0I Λ*310l A*6801 Amino Λculs 241 8 17 8 1159 II 890 8 890 9 oooii 00006 492 8 ISO 9 0000 180 II 705 9 00004 00006 17 II 997 10 00001 00670 01200 00140 00520 210 9 00021 00021 220 9 00002 00002 805 10 00001 00001 195 9 00008 00001 20 9 00002 00005 610 II 947 II 584 X 596 10 00220 00042 00008 00064 00093 528 9 00015 00110 05300 05800 04400 845 10 00018 00007 I089 8 911 8 821 II 607 9 00005 00100 00002 00880 00310 962 9 00002 00002 165 II 1144 10 00003 00001 9 0 8 I 17 II 910 8 9K) II 91 I 8 971 8 971 II 280 9 00001 00002 207 II 717 8 874 10 00003 00001 40 8 321 10 00002 OOOOI 976 10 00002 00010 729 8 1018 9 00002 00043 1018 11 919 II 704 10 -00002 00041 1211 8 111 8 c © r © © <-*-. c — c © c © © — © © c © © ^r *— J^ c © — © © — © © © © © © c © I σ o — ^r — * ~ ~ __. — — —I — ε _ □ 2; χ © © "> C < _=> ω z ?5 o o © © © © © © © £J © © — © — © © c c © © C ( o © © r-- — rn © © © c© ©ceo© ©©c © © c © © © © © © © © — m c o < [_ 2 Table IX HER2/NEU AP3 Supcrinolif w ilh Binding Data Position No <>r Λ*030l Λ* 1101 Λ*3I0I Λ*330l Λ*680l Λinino Λculs 217 10 00068 00110 04500 00220 00250 545 8 358 II 281 8 208 10 -00002 00020 22 II 421 10 00170 00750 00140 00390 02500 121 8 121 II 948 10 OOHO 01200 00018 00120 00250 1 6 10 00410 36000 00170 00420 00400 182 9 00004 00005 1172 II 218 9 00004 00230 01400 00890 00970 218 II 479 9 00006 00072 911 II o 597 9 00100 -00002 -4 666 II 84 9 oooii 00007 754 9 04000 00130 01400 01000 00001 85| 10 00820 00072 00052 00032 00005 971 9 -00002 00021 122 9 00002 00140 00011 00037 01000 129 10 00002 00005 669 8 669 9 0 I 100 07200 14000 01700 20000 669 10 00010 00160 00620 01500 05400 719 9 00002 00001 452 8 888 9 -00002 ■00002 888 10 00085 00016 888 II 959 8 959 10 -00002 00002 815 10 00003 00001 83 10 00043 00011 1119 8 Table X 1IER2/NEU Λ24 Supermotif Peptides with Binding Dala Position No of Λ*240l Λniino Λciils 1216 8 00039 1186 II 710 9 00002 710 10 00010 710 II 00008 1212 9 0001 I 1212 10 1212 II 113 II 5 8 5 9 5 II 890 10 466 9 466 II 270 10 705 8 705 10 00002 705 II -00001 I I 65 9 © oe 1 1 0 8 1 1 5 9 .155 10 657 I I 414 9 00041 440 9 01300 440 11 00230 771 II 475 s 00190 475 II 00003 255 9 789 8 826 8 826 10 826 11 4100O3 244 10 26 8 26 10 630 947 947 540 8 54" II 504 11 528 8 295 9 295 10 342 9 00180 162 8 00120 162 II 00016 O- oc σ o- Table X UER2/NKU Λ24 Supcrinolif Pcplides wilh Binding Data Position No ol Λ*2401 Λiniiio Λculs 10 401 9 401 10 401 II 79 8 152 10 876 II 00003 1022 9 00014 1022 10 00120 551 9 000 1 71 II S99 8 899 10 476 10 476 II 986 9 1004 II 262 10 787 10 672 II 660 8 925 10 925 II 449 10 464 II 865 8 447 9 116 10 454 8 1091 8 00001 1091 II -00001 812 10 28 8 1239 10 1219 II 101 9 101 II 732 8 712 9 776 10 776 II 601 8 603 9 ( '03 11 152 10 909 8 909 10 668 8 1179 9 408 8 00044 X. X. , *Λι w-ι w w-ι P-- σ σs '5 > '-' ∞ CιC ( 3 θ © © oc oc so © © l.iblcX IILR2/NEU Λ24 Suiici nuiliT Peplidcs wilh Binding Dala Position No or Λ*240l Ammo Λculs 100 8 100 9 816 8 816 10 868 10 (.89 8 11 10 910 10 98 |0 98 | | 978 9 00012 110 8 140 I I 515 |0 8 8 00250 8 9 I 1000 llll 10 00120 653 9 651 10 651 || 171 9 1007 8 1007 II 418 8 418 || 1100 10 457 9 457 II 70 8 I It II 442 9 142 II 28| 00001 281 || 00180 105 9 1002 8 22 10 1051 9 1051 || 792 9 792 10 4 1 9 451 8 00001 451 || 00036 907 9 01200 907 10 00630 834 8 00059 609 8 03200 917 10 00002 948 8 Table X II ER2/NEU A24 Supcrinolif Peplidcs with Binding Data Position No r Λ*2401 Λmino ΛCKIS 166 8 402 8 402 9 402 10 402 I I 11 6 8 444 9 444 10 686 11 -00003 1117 II 479 8 791 X 791 9 793 I I 911 8 711 X 61 9 00180 61 II 89000 271 10 00074 1085 8 199 8 -00003 199 I I 424 X -00001 116 X 725 11 666 X 666 9 666 10 153 9 153 II 546 9 X5I II 77.1 9 00001 296 X 296 9 129 9 797 10 797 11 356 9 910 9 272 X 272 II (.58 10 9X7 X 1180 8 665 9 665 10 665 I I 55 8 55 10 C C rM $ ( χ r- f ©©©©©©©©—© £© <©" r©- C ©© © © © © © © „ cc o oc Table XII I1ER2/NEU B27 Supcrniolif Peptides Position No. a( Λmino Acids X7 10 5X8 X 598 11 980 10 928 8 867 11 1160 8 339 9 511 II 367 8 367 10 367 11 965 X 544 II 7 9 7 10 SOX 10 936 11 1229 9 939 X 939 I I 173 9 © 173 II 969 8 969 II 486 8 4X6 9 1176 10 8X2 8 XX2 10 433 9 433 II 815 8 815 9 815 II 469 X 174 X 174 10 17 4 II 843 10 468 9 675 8 675 II 886 9 886 10 4 1 II 682 9 682 10 248 9 248 II Table XII 1IER2/NEU B27 Supcrniolif Peptides Position No of Ammo Acids 7X3 X 977 10 1 101 10 472 II 41 9 41 10 900 9 1052 X 1052 10 842 II 477 9 477 10 746 10 859 8 859 II 604 X 604 10 604 II 853 9 723 9 351 9 810 8 102 II 839 X 91 9 91 II 169 II 877 10 1005 10 © c r-j © r- i oc r- Os oc © _ n _ 'l ableXIH 11ER2/NEU B58 Supermotif Peptides Position No oT Λmino Acids __________-_____________________■________■■___________■____> 717 9 717 10 693 8 X74 II 40 10 40 II 401 9 401 10 401 II 364 X 164 I I 1211 8 1211 9 1211 10 1211 II 976 11 899 8 899 10 1091 9 621 8 729 10 729 II 1080 II 919 8 704 9 704 11 292 10 111 10 1164 10 1189 8 1189 9 439 10 309 9 1082 9 1082 II 727 X 727 9 372 10 77X X 77X 9 77X II 818 8 8IX 10 28 8 1239 10 1219 II 104 9 104 II 732 8 732 9 TableXlH 11ER2/NEU B58 Supermotif Peptides Position No ot Λmino Acids ---_-_--_■__-________■-■■-_____■_________■_____________■___. X7X 9 X7X I I 249 X 249 10 495 II 478 8 478 9 86 9 86 II 829 X 829 II 655 8 655 9 655 10 655 II 412 8 412 II 450 9 861 9 861 10 406 10 762 II 854 X 854 II 1171 10 1171 II 3 9 3 10 1 II 846 X 253 II 174 8 465 10 1075 II 114 10 71 10 1173 8 1173 9 104 10 304 11 422 9 422 ' 10 608 9 llll 9 1131 10 145 9 145 10 145 II 441 8 441 10 TableXlH HER2/NEU B58 Supcrmolif Peplidcs Position No. oT Amino Λcids 443 I I 651 8 651 9 65 I 11 790 8 790 I I 62 10 774 8 774 9 889 II 979 8 979 9 979 10 979 11 833 9 8.13 10 916 8 916 II 68 10 ^ 388 10 > 275 8 ^ 471 10 758 10 758 II 1158 10 64.3 9 1215 X 1215 9 1211 10 1211 II 269 11 1035 8 1035 9 927 X 927 9 385 8 36 8 36 10 36 I I 996 9 996 10 1065 II 1077 9 1077 10 M2I 8 1121 II 702 II 601 8 601 10 601 II T ableXlH HER2/NEU B58 Supermotif Peptides Position No oT Amino Acids 1150 8 1241 X 1241 9 1241 II 1102 8 1102 II 66 X 66 9 525 10 525 II 902 9 902 II 1099 II 190 9 647 X 647 9 354 X .154 II 1051 9 1053 II K> 1006 9 456 10 I4 II 188 II 656 X 656 9 656 10 656 11 413 10 208 8 1049 II 1050 10 305 9 305 10 1002 X 22 10 1051 9 1051 II 792 9 792 10 297 X 1242 X 1242 10 496 10 389 9 .389 I I 357 8 652 8 652 10 652 II TableXlH HER2/NEU B58 Supeι motif Peptides Position No of Λmino Acids 759 9 759 10 791 10 791 II 585 II 597 8 782 9 296 8 296 9 129 9 797 10 797 II 156 9 910 9 β 272 X oe 272 II 906 8 906 10 906 11 1112 9 4 1 8 441 10 2X9 8 Table XIV IIER2/NEU B62 Supcrmotif Pcptides Position No o Amino Λculs 0 10 466 II 270 10 705 8 705 10 1036 8 390 10 390 II 1129 II 1204 10 1076 10 1076 II 355 10 657 8 657 9 657 10 255 9 7X9 9 826 X 826 10 1032 II NO 626 10 315 X 600 II 299 10 567 8 567 II 212 X 596 9 295 9 76 8 76 9 76 II 845 9 821 9 421 10 421 II 607 X 607 10 1016 8 1016 10 1013 II 10.14 9 1034 10 121 9 982 8 1105 8 582 9 1183 9 1084 9 Table XIV HER2/ EU B62 Supermotif Peptides Position No ol Ammo Acids _____-___--_■___---■■■_______■_■______■■■_____■■_■■______■■.. 307 8 904 9 904 10 950 10 950 11 766 X 766 9 147 9 405 8 405 II 2 8 460 9 265 X 265 10 914 10 139 10 971 9 69X 9 645 10 645 11 79 8 Ui 352 10 © 71 X 73 II 514 8 425 II 476 11 262 II 7X7 X 7X7 II 672 II 660 10 660 I I 737 10 865 X 344 10 346 X 346 11 812 8 832 11 995 10 995 11 57X X 522 8 524 11 537 10 603 X 603 9 603 11 909 8 — r— Tj- © ( ■© c sC se m m , 'C s © os © - V Table XIV I1ER2/NEU B62 Siipermolif Pcplides Position No ol Am o Λcids __ __ __________________________________________„ ^-_-__ _________-__________-____________-________-_ 795 9 193 8 1136 10 1206 8 943 9 941 10 941 II 56X 10 679 9 24 8 198 9 91 9 91 10 54 II 434 X 711 II 100 9 816 10 868 10 784 II 689 9 940 10 98 11 978 9 978 10 978 II 966 8 966 II 678 8 678 10 92 10 92 II 340 R 545 10 545 11 653 9 371 9 1007 8 418 8 70 X 70 11 144 10 442 9 442 II 281 9 28i ii 1214 X 1214 9 1214 10 3X X CC © oc X TTaabbllee XXVV HER2/NEU API Motif Peptides willi Binding Dala Position No ol Λ*0I0I Λnnno Acids 402 X -0 0021 402 10 I 1000 199 I I 0 0045 771 9 0 0400 296 8 0 1000 Ui oe Table XVI HER2/NEU AP3 Motif Peptides wilh Binding Data Position No r Λ*030l Λmino Λci s ■"^""i""""™""^^^"" ™"™"""""""^"""«""^^^ 241 8 241 9 1094 II 4 II 1201 10 1203 II 847 8 1159 II 586 10 191 10 510 8 510 10 622 II 879 9 5X1 8 5X1 9 5X1 10 581 II 1186 II 1212 10 00003 1212 II Ui 1163 9 365 II 242 X 221 X 1019 X 1019 9 1039 10 775 10 5 10 890 X X90 9 00013 X90 10 466 8 466 II 492 8 14 8 180 9 00004 180 II 270 10 705 9 00004 293 9 00008 291 II 37 II 997 8 997 9 00002 997 10 00003 648 10 355 10 355 II Table XVI HER2/NEU AP3 Molif Peptides wilh Binding Dala Position No ol Λ*030l Ammo Acids 240 9 00021 240 |0 220 9 -00002 587 9 215 8 576 11 252 9 805 10 00003 826 10 00003 .114 |0 00001 195 9 -OOOOX 244 || 26 9 00002 610 11 947 II 311 8 584 X 596 10 00220 614 11 504 9 528 9 00015 295 9 00002 234 8 214 9 251 8 251 10 211 II lull |0 618 |0 618 I I 1012 9 1087 8 1087 9 1087 10 382 9 742 10 880 8 Table XVI HER2/NEU ΛP3 Molif Peptides with Binding Dala Posilioii No. or Λ*030 l Λniino Acids 607 9 00005 607 10 1016 8 1013 8 1013 II 30 8 962 8 962 9 -0.0002 417 9 1 5 9 165 10 165 II 185 9 1183 8 10X4 II 838 10 818 II 1144 10 0.0003 950 X 580 9 580 10 X0 II 1069 8 543 10 503 X 503 10 210 X 1010 II 501 10 325 9 X37 X X.17 II 363 9 975 II 1079 8 507 10 507 II 1154 8 1154 10 2X6 8 766 10 147 II 930 8 930 II 405 10 460 10 460 II 265 10 00002 914 X 914 10 00002 Table XVI HER2/NEU Λ03 Motif Peplides with Binding Data Amino Λcids 1 9 695 II 971 8 971 10 971 II 379 8 892 8 892 10 280 9 0.0003 280 10 0.0003 207 II 717 8 874 10 0.0003 40 8 40 9 40 II 401 9 0.0002 401 II 79 9 79 10 352 8 321 10 0.0002 364 8 1031 9 595 II 1086 9 1086 10 1086 II 381 10 1030 10 918 II 291 8 291 II 1187 10 671 8 671 II 577 10 371 II 376 II 73 II 1213 9 00002 1213 10 0.0005 976 10 -0.0 ( 102 976 II 899 10 0.0003 476 II Table XVI HER2/NEU A03 Motif Peptides with Binding Data Posilioii No. or A*030l Λniino Λcids 1038 10 1038 II 919 10 919 II 704 10 -0.0002 1231 8 292 10 0.0003 131 8 11 4 8 1189 8 .166 10 366 II 804 8 804 II 641 8 1088 8 1088 9 1015 9 383 8 1029 8 1029 II 1201 8 1188 9 0.0003 881 10 135 9 1040 8 I (140 9 262 9 672 10 0.0150 449 8 449 II 737 II 508 9 508 10 00110 464 10 1062 9 1062 II 447 10 00037 344 8 344 II 10 II 549 9 549 10 0.0002 549 II 1097 8 136 8 346 9 -0.0002 346 10 832 9 -0.0002 1041 8 l able XVI 11ER2/NEU AP3 Molif Peplidcs with Binding Data Position No oP Λ*030l Λniiπo Λculs 109 10 727 9 00028 727 10 00660 462 8 462 9 172 10 572 10 28 10 1219 10 00002 101 9 00001 lot II) 127 10 00210 776 • 9 00010 603 8 909 10 668 9 00047 66R 10 00180 6 8 11 1179 8 1179 9 878 1 00O03 267 8 1101 8 1104 9 257 II 42 9 00170 149 11 612 9 00002 249 9 249 It) 260 8 260 11 478 9 478 10 00035 858 10 858 II 809 8 263 8 872 8 961 8 961 9 961 10 184 181 10 949 9 714 8 Table XV I HEK2/NEU AP3 Molif Peptides wilh Binding Data Position No or Λ»030l Λmmo Λculs 714 9 00190 714 II 148 10 00400 661 II 894 8 167 8 167 9 02800 450 10 00410 861 8 406 9 101 8 762 1 762 II 113 8 111 II 957 10 170 II 591 8 591 9 1182 9 615 8 640 8 640 9 1 0 8 1096 9 831 1 228 10 1218 II 169 8 747 10 00009 681 8 00010 681 9 07600 860 8 860 9 01700 12 II 854 II 722 9 722 10 724 8 751 10 03800 751 || 883 8 846 9 00580 509 8 509 9 -00002 509 11 Table XVI HER2/NEU A03 Motif Peptides with Binding Data Position No of Λ*030l Ammo Λcids 13 9 179 10 -00002 6 9 161 to 00081 617 X (.17 11 768 R 807 R 807 10 870 8 870 9 870 |() 41 8 107 9 485 8 485 |1 448 1061 |0 345 10 345 11 994 || 726 10 0.0003 726 II 461 9 461 10 667 10 (.67 11 85 8 1X3 8 181 9 183 II 467 10 674 R 674 10 00002 674 11 154 10 00012 12 9 12 |0 806 9 « 0370 806 11 869 9 00003 869 10 869 11 II 10 II II 822 9 822 10 01400 662 10 800 10 915 00002 T able XVI 11ER2/MEU A03 Molif Peptides with Binding Data Position No r Λ*010l Λmino Λculs 850 9 850 II 1158 8 1215 8 1211 II 1162 8 1162 10 -00002 269 II 1015 10 1015 II 927 II 996 >) 996 lo 00003 996 II 625 8 194 lo 741 II 912 9 606 10 (.06 II 416 10 1141 II 1017 8 1017 9 1017 10 1017 II 114 10 1175 8 1175 II 945 8 612 II 1074 8 999 316 9 122 II 1156 8 1156 10 1119 9 00002 1119 II 230 8 391 10 95 9 00002 1110 10 00002 0 8 1065 8 1077 10 1121 9 702 9 601 10 00003 1150 10 l ble XVI HER2/NEU ΛP3 Motif Peptides with Binding Data Position No of Λ*030l Λmino Acids 1150 II 1234 10 1 41 8 212 10 212 II 1102 10 00003 1102 II 66 8 525 10 749 8 128 II 491 9 00046 709 8 219 10 219 II 583 8 581 9 527 X 527 10 75 9 820 II 1225 8 164 10 1 1 II 1028 9 1200 9 446 II 548 10 548 II 57 8 81 8 X2S 8 178 II 160 II 106 8 106 10 184 9 799 II 141 1 02000 795 9 00110 711 II 211 9 24 9 00007 24 II 429 9 Table XVl HER2/NEU Λ03 Motif Peplidcs with Binding Data Position No r Λ*030l Ammo Acids 1 0 II 647 II 354 II 310 lo 330 II 844 II 968 9 968 II 89X II 1210 8 1230 9 16 10 412 9 412 10 103 10 00003 10.1 II 414 8 713 9 00007 713 10 00570 100 9 868 10 00017 -I 868 II © 14 9 98 II 840 8 840 9 840 10 01800 978 8 97X 9 00001 456 11 143 8 1072 10 217 9 217 10 0006X 340 10 545 8 545 10 00350 35X 8 358 11 310 9 613 8 294 8 294 10 250 8 250 9 25 11 380 II 728 8 728 9 703 8 Table XV I 1IER2/NEU AP3 Motif Peptides with Binding Data Position No o A* 0301 Amino Λciils 701 | | 261 ιo 463 8 463 1 1 602 9 893 9 371 9 418 s 457 10 214 8 281 s 281 9 0 0002 281 | | 208 It) -00002 1235 9 22 || 421 |0 00170 571 9 321 8 321 11 1112 8 231 9 231 10 29 9 278 || 290 9 1216 8 1.10 9 245 10 27 8 27 || 407 8 948 10 00130 166 8 166 9 166 10 00430 402 8 402 10 00001 1060 || 182 9 00004 182 10 1172 11 357 8 357 9 218 8 218 9 00004 218 II 1117 II 479 R 479 9 00006 l ble XVl 1IER2/INEU Λ03 Molif Peplidcs with Binding Data Position No or Λ*030l Ammo Λcids 791 911 911 10 911 II 585 II 597 9 00100 219 8 219 10 114 II 25 8 25 |0 1 1 9 141 I I 615 |0 1085 10 1085 || 199 I I 670 8 670 9 424 9 424 || 505 8 308 II 777 8 988 10 110 X 410 II 725 II 666 11 84 9 00033 151 II 546 9 00012 754 9 04000 754 10 851 8 851 10 00820 773 9 0580 973 8 Table XVI HER2/MEU ΛP3 Molif Peptides with Binding Dala Posilioii No or Λ*030l Λ ino Λcids 669 10 0 0030 987 | | 1 1 0 8 I 180 | | 55 10 0 0024 664 8 825 i | 1221 8 1221 |0 482 9 482 | | 719 9 0 0002 452 8 888 9 00002 888 10 00085 888 || 959 959 |0 00002 959 || 801 9 141 9 -I 908 UI 815 9 SIS, 10 00003 64 10 1196 8 I 196 9 1021 8 1021 9 289 10 81 10 00043 772 10 00100 554 II 1139 X Table XVl 1 HER2ftSEU Al l Motif Peplidcs with Binding Data Position No r A* 1101 Λnnnn Acids 2 1 8 241 9 1094 II 847 8 1159 II 191 10 510 8 510 10 622 II 879 9 581 9 581 10 581 II 1186 II 1212 10 00003 1212 II 1163 9 242 8 221 8 1019 8 1(139 9 1019 10 775 10 890 8 890 9 00006 466 8 492 8 180 9 00005 180 II 705 9 00006 359 10 359 II 763 1 293 9 00074 291 II 37 II 997 9 00004 997 10 00670 240 9 0002 I 240 10 220 9 -00002 252 9 805 10 00001 826 10 00001 334 10 00002 TableXVlI 11ER2/NEU Al l Molif Peptides with Binding Data Position No or Λ* 1 101 Λnnno Acids 584 8 596 10 00042 504 9 528 9 00310 295 00004 251 10 ( .38 10 1087 10 880 8 126 8 326 II 871 8 76 8 845 10 00007 1089 8 933 8 821 II 607 9 00100 1016 8 1013 II 962 9 00002 165 10 165 II 185 9 1144 10 00001 950 8 580 10 580 II 543 10 501 10 210 8 125 9 817 8 975 II 507 II 1154 8 147 II 930 8 910 II 460 |0 460 11 265 10 00002 914 8 914 10 00002 971 8 971 II 757 9 744 10 892 10 280 9 -00002 TableXVlI HER2/NEU Λl 1 Molif Peptides with Binding Data Position No or Λ* 1 101 Λmino Λcids 280 10 00001 207 II 717 8 874 10 OOOOI 40 8 40 9 40 II 401 9 00002 401 II 79 10 321 10 OOOOI 595 II 1086 II 291 II 1187 10 671 R 671 II 71 II 258 10 1211 9 00002 1711 10 00010 JJ 976 10 00010 ON 899 10 00005 729 8 1018 8 1018 9 00043 1018 10 1038 II 919 II 704 10 00041 1231 8 292 10 00001 131 8 11 4 8 1189 8 804 8 804 11 1088 1015 9 1201 8 1188 9 00001 115 9 1040 8 1010 9 672 10 00014 449 8 449 II 717 II 508 10 00001 464 10 l ableXVH 11ER2 NEU Λ1 I Motif Peptides with Binding Data fo'iliπn No or A* 1101 Λnnno Λcids 1062 II 447 lo 00001 144 8 144 II 549 10 00003 549 II 1097 8 116 8 14fi 9 -00002 s, 2 9 00002 1041 8 309 in 727 9 00001 2 10 01300 462 8 462 9 1239 10 00022 104 9 00280 127 10 06100 776 9 00066 603 8 ! 668 9 00890 668 10 00330 668 11 8 10 0000R 267 8 1104 8 I I 04 257 || 42 9 00002 88 II 470 9 632 9 00007 249 9 260 8 ''78 10 00720 858 i, 809 8 961 8 961 ιo 184 10 19 9 673 9 00097 673 11 714 8 714 9 00023 TableXVlI HER2/NEU Λl 1 Motif reptides with Binding Data Position No ot A* 1 101 Amino Λculs 167 0 .1100 450 10 0 0027 861 8 762 I I 33.1 8 331 I I 957 10 591 9 640 8 150 8 1096 9 831 10 228 I I) 1238 I I 747 10 0 0099 681 8 00004 681 9 0 0018 860 9 0 2400 12 I I 751 I I) 0 2200 846 9 00285 JJ 509 9 00003 OC 509 11 253 X 465 9 179 10 00003 161 10 00063 617 11 807 8 807 10 870 8 X70 9 41 8 485 II 448 9 345 10 726 10 00003 726 I I m * a- © © r- «ϋ C — © ri rn © © © © © r^ m rst © © © © © © C © © © © © C © C % 3 l ableXVH HER2/NEU Al l Molif Peptides with Binding Data Posihon No or A* 1 101 Λmino Λculs 606 10 1143 II 1017 8 1037 9 1017 10 1017 II 114 10 1175 X 945 X 999 X 1119 9 00002 230 8 95 9 00001 1110 10 00002 707 10 1065 8 601 10 00003 1241 8 1102 10 00001 1102 II 749 8 § 128 II 491 00010 709 X 219 10 219 11 583 8 581 9 527 10 75 9 164 || 1200 9 446 I I 548 || 57 8 81 8 828 8 178 II 160 || 799 11 141 |() 00110 795 9 00039 711 II 426 9 24 9 00520 24 II 429 9 93 8 93 || 90 9 00005 TableXVlI IIER2/NEU Al l Molif Peptides with Binding Data Position No or A* 1101 Λmino Λculs 90 II 54 II 190 11 110 || X44 || 968 11 X98 I I 1210 9 516 10 412 10 101 |() 00015 414 8 711 0003X 713 10 01100 X6X 10 00001 X6X I I 34 9 810 |0 00001 978 8 187 9 849 |0 141 8 217 |0 00130 140 10 545 X 515 I0 00050 358 II 310 9 613 8 294 8 294 |0 250 8 250 11 728 8 728 9 703 11 463 X 463 11 602 9 891 281 281 00003 20X |() 00020 22 II 423 1(1 00750 321 8 121 n 1112 8 278 || 110 9 TableXVlI I1ER2 EU Al l Molif Peplidcs wilh Binding Data Posilion No r A* 1 101 Λmtno Acids 27 X 94X 10 01200 1 6 9 166 10 36000 402 X 402 10 00001 1X2 9 00005 1172 II 186 8 218 9 00230 218 || 1117 II 479 9 00072 791 11 911 II 597 9 00002 219 X 219 10 25 X 25 10 141 9 ON 31 1 I I 199 I I 670 8 670 424 9 424 II 505 8 308 || 777 8 410 8 725 II 666 11 84 9 00007 151 || 546 9 0002 754 00130 851 8 8 1 |0 00072 773 9 00079 555 10 529 8 973 9 00021 296 8 322 9 00140 129 10 00005 669 8 669 9 07200 669 10 00160 55 10 00110 TableXVlI I1ER2/NEU Λl I Motif Peptides with Binding Data Position No of A* 1101 Ammo Acids 825 II 1223 8 482 9 719 9 00001 452 8 888 9 00002 888 10 00016 888 II 959 8 959 10 00002 801 9 343 9 815 9 ON 815 10 00001 UI 81 10 00013 772 10 00120 554 II 1119 8 1 able XIX HER2/NEU DR Super Motif Peptides with Binding Data Core I xemphry Position DRl DR2wBI DR2w2B2 DR3 DR4w 4 DR4wl DRSwll DR5wl2 SCQ ID NO Sequence Sequence YNY1 1DVO AC PYN-lI SIDV SC1 298 3720 V1 K1 NI PK ΛIKVI RIN1SPKΛNK 751 00075 3721 I QSI PIIII.P AKdl QSI PlllDPSI I 1095 3722 MK.IPΛRI I ΛkPYIK.IPΛRI IF'Dl 920 3723 1011)1 11 .11 ΛRI I 1)11)1 II YIIΛIKi 867 OOOOI 00006 00007 01100 00055 00008 3724 VI VkSI'NIIV ΛRNVLVKSPNIIVKII 18 3725 I I 1ISΛVV ΛSPl I II ΛVVGIl 648 00890 00950 00017 00010 00025 00005 3726 l llOOI dlS Λ'lSl II UGIOISWI O 410 3727 MΛ(ιV(.SI")V Λ> VMΛ(Λ(ιSP> VSRI 771 3728 IIGSI Al l l* CKKIK.SI Al l PI SI 367 02400 00070 0001 00010 00025 00005 3729 INllSCICI I UIIINllSOIt l I 1ICP 255 3730 IΛKCiMSYLl (MQIΛMΛ1SYI I DVR 826 3731 I vnNIDII U'ΛI VIYNIDIH SM 268 1712 I IRIVCAOd ( ( .)M IRlVCΛddCAR 212 3711 i nUKC.Cl'AI CVDI IH.KGCPΛI QRΛ 61t 3734 I CiMI III Rl V ( GI OMI III Rl VRΛV 112 00083 3735 tVMΛCΛC.SP 1)1 Λ VMΛGVdSIYVS 769 00500 00029 00240 00010 02100 00027 3736 Vdldl ΛUlO UK VOf dlΛUI I tΛ 502 3737 U.MdΛΛKdl l ) OI ) lGMdΛΛkdLQSl 1087 3738 VΛI I SPQ IX VΛPI ICSPQPI > 1125 3739 l l I PSI I I 1)1 II di 1 PSI 11 APR 1058 00025 3740 IRI PΛSPi r DMK1 RI PΛSP1 llll I) 30 00010 00025 3741 KVΛRCPSG DPPICVΛRCPSGVKI 592 3742 ι \RSi ι ι nn 11 nnnMd 1001 3743 3744 950 00280 00047 00042 00010 00570 00220 3745 VI Qdl lRr ' . I ( RVI QGLPRl YVNΛ 511 3746 YΛ1 ΛV1 l)N(, I HN") Λ ΛVI DNGDPI 109 3747 IPΛΛRPΛdΛ I l'l PΛΛRPΛdΛ I LI 1154 3748 YIHiΛSCVr rdRYI iΛSCVlΛCP 286 3749 MIMNΛSI S I I IM PI NΛSl St-LO 61 3750 I RRRI 1IK.S I Sll RRRI rilOSDVW 892 3751 I R VKVI OS I II I RKV VLCiS Λr 717 00160 00019 00052 00045 00350 00061 3752 I VI PI I PSCi I 111 VI PI I SOΛMP 691 00060 00025 3751 L VSI I R Λ I Rl I VSI I SRMΛ DP 969 00 10 1751 IONI DI GPΛ I V IQNI 1)1 GPΛSPI 986 00025 1755 I I RPK11 SP OΛ 11 I RPK 11 SPCKN 11 4 3756 WQC.Ni 11 I GCQVVQGNI I I IYI P 52 3757 LNNI ll'Vld (,I)PI NNriPVrt.ΛSP 120 3758 I Λt llQ ΛR Cil Cil ΛUIOIΛΛROIIC 506 3759 VKIPVΛlkV Cl NVKIPVΛIKVLRI 713 00630 001)14 00098 00012 00005 3760 iinvY 9is 00005 00012 1761 VPIK.WMΛL1 GGkVPIKW ΛLrSlL 881 1762 I IQRNPQLC C.dVl IQRNPQLC QD 151 1763 VVOPOPIQCV OIK. WGPO IQCVNCS 518 3764 WLGI RSI Rl 449 3765 LIIIIINTHIC Ol Λl IH11N I1ILCI VII 464 3766 ISWLGLRSL Gl dlSWLGLRSLRπ 447 3767 10 1768 I0S2 3769 TableXIX HER2/NEU DR Super Motif Peptides with Binding Data Core 1 xemplnry DR6wl9 1)117 DR8 2 DR9 DRw53 SEQ ID NO Sequence Sequence YNYI Smvci ΛCPYNYLS1I1VOSC. 3720 VI. Rl NISPK ΛIKVI.RI NIS KΛNK 3721 1 QSLPI1IDI' ΛKGtQSLPΗIDPSPL 3722 YDOIPΛRI 1 ΛKPYDGIPΛRΓIPDI 3723 I 1)11)1-11 Yll ΛRIΛDIDU.-YIIΛIK. -00001 -00017 -00009 3724 VI VKSI'NIIV ΛKNV1 V SPNIIVKII 3725 1 ISIISΛVV ΛS LISIISΛVVGII, 00480 00150 00004 3726 i iiyoi.ois ΛYSLI QdldlSWl G 3727 MΛdVGSPYV Λ-iVMΛOVGSI'YVSRL 3728 IΓCJSI ΛΠ P CKKIΓGSLAI I PI SF 00014 00270 -00004 1729 INIISGICI 1 L1II NHS ilCI LI1 3730 IΛKGMSΪ IX LMQIΛKGMSYI I-DVR 3731 i.viYNimr PΛLVI IDIFI M 1732 1 lit IVCΛGO CQSLIRIVCΛGGCAR 3713 1 DDKGI ΛL CVl)LI)PK(i(. PΛLQRΛ 3734 l.GMI IILRI V CYGLGMΓ.III RLVRΛV 3735 V ΛGVGSP DI ΛYVMΛdVGSI'YVS 00020 02000 00570 1736 Vtil ' fil Λl HO DICVGI GLΛCIIQLCΛ 3737 LGMGΛΛKGL DGDLGMGAAKGLQSI 373X VΛI'LK SPQ DGYVΛPLTCSPQPF.Y 3719 i.oi i-psi 11. DLII OL. PSf LI APR 3740 I.R1 ΛSPI 1 DMKLR1 PΛSI'hlllLI ) -ooon 3741 1 CVΛRCPSG DPI'FCVΛRCPSGVKP 3742 1 YRSLLI l)D DS11 YRSLLLDDDMG 3743 I.VIIRDLΛΛR DVRI VIIRDLAARNVL 3744 MIMVKCWMl nVYMIMVKCWMIDSL -00003 01300 00450 3745 VLQGI.PRΓ.Y LΓRVLQGLI'R YVNΛ 3746 YΛLΛVI.DNG 1 DNYΛLΛVLDNGDPL 3747 U'ΛΛRPΛGΛ 3748 YIΓCIΛS VI LGR rrGΛSCVIΛCP 3749 YLPINΛSI S LLIYLPINΛSLSFLQ 3750 LRRRΠIIQS rSILRRRFIllQSIJVW 3751 LRKVK.VLOS 1 ir.LRKVKVLGSGΛr 00014 003X0 00250 3752 t.Vl.PLTPSG I.ICLVI.PLrPSC.ΛMP -00013 3753 I.VSI-ΓSRMΛ 1 Rr.LV.sni.SR ARDP 3754 IQNΓULGPΛ rWIQNI DLGI'ΛS L 3755 LI RI'K.3 LSI' GΛΓLLRPKILSPGKN 3756 VVOGNI I;LI GCQWQGNLI.LIYI P 3757 I.NNΠI'VIG GI 'LNNI IPVIGΛSP 3758 LΛC1IQLCΛR GLCILΛCHQLCΛRGIIC 3759 VKIPVΛIKV Gi NVKIΓVΛIKVLRI- 00004 00110 00010 3760 LPyi'Picii OI RLPQPPIΓIIDVY -00011 3761 V IKW ΛLL GGKVl'IKWMALLSIL 3762 LIQRNPQI C GGVLIQRNPQLCYQn 3763 GΓGPIQC v GII GPG IQCVNCS 3764 LGLRSLRI " . GISWLGLRSLRt-LGS 3765 L1IIIINI1ILC GLΛLIIIIINΠILCFVH 3766 ISWLGLRSL GI.G1SWI GLRSLRLI 3767 LΛLLI'PGΛΛ GLLLΛLLΓPOΛΛSTQ 3768 Vi nODLGMO GSUVHJGDLGMGΛΛ 3769 TableXIX 1IER2/NEU DR Super Motif Peptides with Binding Data C ore I xcmpl iry Position DRl I)R2wπi DR2 2n2 DR3 DR4w4 DR4wl DR5wll DR5 l2 SPOIL ) NO Sequ nce Sequence Y VSRI I O OSPYVSRI I OICL1S 77X 3770 MKI RI PΛSP OIDMKI Rl PASPMll 28 00010 00025 3771 YKGIVVII'DO OIVYKOIWIPDOI NV 732 3772 V l l MllOΛ OV1VWI 1 M1IOΛKPY 909 I 4000 00330 1771 YISΛWPDSL ( I "> ISΛWPDSI I'DI 408 1774 IVIIIVPWDQ 111 tl VIII VI'WDOI LR 471 3775 VRQVPIQRL IINQVRQVPIQRI RIV 88 3776 I ΛΛRNVI VK IIRDI ΛΛRNV1 VKSI'N 843 3777 IU U PΛI I1SOIU I IICPΛI V1Y 260 3778 IIDIOI ΛRI IIVKIIDIOLΛRI I DI 858 3779 1 IK.PΛI VI . I I IK ΛI V I . N 11) 263 1780 ll)V\MIMVK It IIDVYMIMVKCWM 946 17X1 I RI N1SPKΛ IK VI Rl NISPKΛNKI 752 00005 00012 3782 MAI I SII RR IKWMΛI I SILRRRI I 886 09500 00400 3781 VVVIOVVIO II 1 VVVI OVVKill I 661 3784 VOG.VI IΛII KJI V(χ,YVI IΛIIN V 77 37X5 Y IMRRI IQI IRKV IMRRI I Ol II I 682 17X6 VVOII I VVV ISΛVVOII 1 VVVIOV 655 37X7 WPDSI DIS ISΛWPDSI PDI SVFQ 412 37X8 IOI SI I I ISWIOI RSI Rl I OSG 450 3789 IOIΛRI I DI 111)101 ΛRI I 1 ) 11 ) 11 861 0004X 00032 3790 YI MSΛWPI) IK I YISΛWPD LP 406 3791 MIDSI ( .RPR KC MIDS R RFRI 957 3792 IΛIOOΛVIN KDVIΛIOGΛVI NPI Y 11X2 3793 I DI Λ MΛG Kl II DI ΛVVMΛOVC.S 765 00036 00073 3794 1 PI 01 C UI 0 KGPLl'liκαilQCΛΛ 22X 00027 3795 VΛIKVI Rl N KIPVΛIKV1RI NISP 717 3796 ISYMPIWkL KPDLS\MPIWKIPDI 605 00310 00025 3797 VIOSOΛFOl KVKVIOSOΛiC.lViK 722 3798 IKWMΛI I SI kVPIKWMΛl I SII RR XX3 22000 27000 21000 00620 00690 00073 3799 KRWOl l l Λ I ΛΛI CRWOI II All P 1 3800 I III NllSCtlC I Λt I III NIISCilCl Lll 251 3X01 1 PPOΛΛS10 1ΛI I PPOΛΛSI0VC1 13 3802 I DNODPI NN I ΛVI DNODPI NN 1 I P 114 3801 WOI I1 ΛI IP I CRWOI I I Λl 1 PPOΛ 6 00940 00025 3804 V.Gtl IkRR IOVVIOII IKRROOK 667 1X05 l l l'POΛΛSI I I Λl I PPGΛΛSIOVC 12 3X06 ICUSIVQI 1 LOICLISIVOI VIO 785 1807 WCMOIΛkC.M I I NWCMQIΛKGMS> L 822 08400 00057 I 2000 00093 00011 04000 3X0X VVLOVVI Ol I I VVVI OVVK.ILIK 662 0000X 00025 3809 LOISW1 Ol R I 001 OISWI 01 RSLR 415 3810 LPRI YVNΛR I QGI PRI VVNΛRHt I 547 00027 3811 ϊ SI DP I VIM I QRYSI DI'IVPLPSI II09 00270 1812 IPIIIDPSPI I QSLPIIIDPSPLQR'i I098 1811 IRORIMINO IQVlRORILIINGΛ'rS 428 1814 LOSOLΛLIII I Rl I OSOLΛI IIIIIN I 458 00110 00025 3815 I QIRSnil RI I Ql RS II KG 117 3816 VRΛVISΛNI 1 Rl VRΛVI ΛNIQri 350 3817 VROIQi ri D 1 RINRGIQI II DNYΛ 99 3818 VKVLOSOΛΓ I RKVKVLOSOAΓOIV 720 3819 TableXIX HER2/I EU DR Super Motif Peptides with Binding Data ("ore I)R6WI9 DR7 I)RXw2 DR9 DR 53 Sl-Q ID NO Sequence YVSRLIGIC OSPYVSRLLGICLIS 3770 MkLRI I'ΛSP OIDMKI RLPΛSPI IH -00013 3771 YKOIWIPDG GIVYKtilWIPDOF.NV 3772 VWI.I MI1GΛ GVIVWI-LMIΓGΛKIΎ 00170 3773 YISΛWPDSL GM MSΛWPDSLPDL 3774 1 VIIIVPWIX) III Cl VIIIVPWD0L1R 3775 VRQVPI QRL IIN VRQVPLORI RIV 3776 1 ΛΛRNVI VK IIRDI ΛΛRNVLVKSPN 3777 ICI LIK PΛI. IIS(.111 LIICPΛLVIY 377X IIDIGLΛRL IIVKIIDIGLΛRLLDI 3779 LIICPΛ1 VI Y LLIICI'ΛLV ' IYNID 3780 IDVYM1MVK ICIIDVYMIMVKCWM 3781 1 Rl NISPKΛ IK VI Rl NISPKΛNKI. -0001 I 1782 MALI SILRR IKWMΛLI SII RRRI F 00040 3783 VVVLGVViπ II 1 VVVLGVVIGIl-l 3784 VQGYVI.IΛH 101 VQGYVI IΛIINQV 37X5 YIMRRLI Ql. IRKYIMRRLLQI.il L 3786 VVOILLVVV ISΛVVGILI VVVLOV 3787 WPDSLPDLS ISΛWPDSLPDLSVIQ 3788 1 OLRSLRI L ISWI GLRSLRLLGSO 3789 IGIΛRLLDI 111)101 ΛRLI 1)11 ) 1:1 -00011 3790 . L . ISΛWI'D II (ill YISΛWPDSLP 3791 MlDSr R R KCWMIDSLCRPRl Rl " : 3792 1 ΛIGGΛVI.N KDVrΛFGGΛVFNITY 3793 LDI ΛYVMΛG Kl ILDI ΛYVMΛGVGS -0001 I 3794 LPIIXClll Q KGPLPIDCCIILQCΛΛ 3795 VΛIKVLRI N kll'VΛIKVI REN IS 3796 ISYM1MWK1- KPDLSYMPIWKFPDI: 00029 3797 VLGSGΛ1GI KVKVLGSGΛFGIVYK 3798 IKWMΛLISI KVPIKWMΛLI.SILRR 00031 00190 00079 3799 LC RWGLLLΛ LΛΛLC RWGLLLΛ LLP 3800 LIIINIISGIC I ΛCLIUN1ISGIC1 Lll 3801 LPPGΛΛSIQ LΛLI PPGΛΛSIQVCI 3802 LDNGDP1 NN LΛVLDNGDPLNNI IP 3803 WGLLI ΛLLP LC WGLLLΛLLPPGΛ 00021 3804 VKilI.lk.RR IGVVIGILIKRRQQK 3X05 LLPPGΛΛSI LLΛLLPPGΛΛSIQVC 3X06 ICLISIVQL LLGI L1S1VQLVIQ 3807 WCMQ1ΛKGM LLNW MQIΛKGMSYL 00390 0 I 200 04100 1808 VVLGVVΓGI 1 LVVVI GVVFGIL1K 00019 3809 1 GISW GI R LQGLG1SWLGLRSLR 3810 LPRI VNΛR LQGLPRI YVNΛRIICL 3811 YSΓDPIVPI. LQRYSLDPIVPLPSi: 3X12 LI'IIIDPSPL LQSLPIIIDPSPLQRY 3X13 IRORILIING LQVIRGRILHNGΛYS 1X14 IGSGLΛLII1 IRl-XOSOLΛLIllllNr -00013 3815 LQI RS ir.l IR LQLRSLILILKG 1X16 VRΛV1SΛNI LRCVRΛVISΛNIQI.F 3X17 VRGIOLII.D LRIVR(ilQLri_l)NYΛ 3XIX VKV1.GSGΛF LRKVKVLGSGΛITΠV 3819 TableXIX HER2/NEU DR Super Motif Peptides with Binding Data C re I xcmplary Position DRl DFUwBI DR2 2fl2 DR3 DR4w4 DR4wl5 DR5wl I DR5 l2 SEQ ID NO Sequence Sequence 1 Rl I OSOI A LRSI Rl LOSOLΛLI1I 455 3820 1 QNI QVIRCi 1 SVIQNI QVIRGRM 422 01800 002X0 00740 00010 00670 00100 3821 ILKOOVI IQ 1 II II KOOVI IQRNP 115 3822 IDINRSRΛC LILiniNRSRΛCIIPC I8I 1821 IISΛVVOIL [ 1SIISΛVVOM 1 VV 651 01900 -00025 3824 1 I'INΛSI SI MM I'INΛSI SI LQI) 62 04900 00100 00560 00150 03300 000 1 3825 WDQDPPI RO 1 > . WDQDPPI ROΛI'P 1220 1826 VOSPYVSRI MΛOVOSPYVSRLLOl 774 3827 1 l VRΛVIS Ml III Rl VRΛV1SΛNI 347 1828 VKC WMIDSI MIMVKC WMIDSLC RP 953 3829 1 Kl II 1 RKV MRU Kl II 1 RKVKVL 7I2 3810 11 DVRLVIIR MSYI 1 DVRI VI1RDI A 831 1X11 LOPΛSPI DS Nl DI OPΛSPLDSII Y 991 3812 VII I OPI AD NOSVICIOPI ΛDQC V 571 3811 VKDVI ΛIOG NOVVKDVI ΛIOOΛV1 I I 78 3834 MM PINΛS Nl 11 IYLI NΛSI SI 59 04700 002X0 0009 ( 1 00010 03800 00050 3835 V1RORILIIN Nl QVIRGRII IINOΛY 427 3816 > WDQDPPI R Nl > N WDQDPPI ROΛP 1219 3837 LΛLIIIDIN NNQI ΛLII IDINRSR 176 3838 1 VQD1ILW NPQLl YQDIII WKDI I5X 3819 ^ 1 t 1 VIIIV W Nllll Cl VIIIVPWDQL 471 3840 -4 INC i us vi) PCPINC IIISCVDLDD 625 3X41 © LPDLSVIQN PDS] PDI SVIQNLQV 416 1842 I QVI Mi l l PI QLQVH II 11110 394 3843 IDODPΛSNI PI SI DODPΛSNI API- 17X 00027 3844 VNQPDVRPQ PI Y VNQPDVRPQPPS 1117 3845 VΛRCI'SOVK PIC VΛRCI'SOVKPDL 594 3846 1 Rl 1 QLRSL POOl RI I LRSI II 1 134 3847 WMΛI 1 SII R P1KWMΛ11 SILRRRI 8X5 07900 00350 384X VKPDI SYMP SOVKPDI SVMP1WK 601 -00027 3849 I kOIPIΛI N PSIFKG1PIΛI Nl'l Y 1234 -00005 00032 3850 YLSΓDVOSC I'YNYLSIDVGSCH V 300 3851 II WKDII UK QDII1 WKDII II NNQ 1 4 3X52 VI 1 C RVIQO Ql CV1 RVI QGLPR 538 3X53 I DI'ΛPOΛ QOI ICPDPΛPOΛOOM 1028 00005 00230 1854 LI LIYI IN QONLI LI VI PINΛSL 57 1855 LILIDINRS QLΛLI1 IDINRSRΛC I7X 1X56 YQDI1LWKD Ql OQDIII WKDII 11 160 3857 VRPQPPSPR QPDVRPQP SPRI OP 1142 00007 00032 1858 ICIIDVYM1 QPPIC IIDVYMIMVK 941 00670 00540 00027 00976 00060 00046 3859 HCPDPΛI'O QQGI ICPDPΛPOΛOG 1027 3860 IRk IMRRL QQKIRKY1MRRLI Ql 679 1861 VWSVGVI VW QSDVWSYGV 1 VWLI M 902 3862 LQRIRIVRO QVPLQRI RIVROIQL 93 1861 VNΛRHCl C Rl \ VNΛRIICI PCIIPI 552 1864 ILI1NGΛYS1 RORILIINGΛY LILQ 432 3865 LGSQDL! NW RORLOSQDLLNWCMQ 814 1X66 VQGCQVVQG RIILVQOCQVVQONLI 47 1X67 FRI LVS11 S RPRIRI LVS1 FSRMΛ 966 186X LQ1 11 LVI P RRI LQ1 π LV1 L1P 688 3869 TableXIX HER2/NCU DR Super Motif Peptides with Binding Data C ic Fxemphry DR6wl9 DR7 DR8w2 DR9 DRw53 STQ II) NO Sequence Sequence 1 Rl 1 OSOI A LRS1RI I GSOLΛI 111 3X20 1 QNI QVIRO 1 SVIQNIQVIRORII 00057 02900 00330 3X21 II KOOVI IQ 111 II KOOVI IQRNP 3822 I INRSRΛC 1 II IDINRSRΛCI1PC 3823 IISΛVVOII 1 ISIISΛVVOII 1 VV 00019 3824 1 PINΛSI SI I I Yl PINΛSI SII Ql) 00280 03200 00054 3825 WDODPPI RO 1 YY WDQDPPI RGΛPP 3826 \ OSPYVSRI MΛOVOSPY VSRI 1 OI 3827 1 Rl VRΛ IS Ml III Rl VRΛVISΛNI 3828 Vk( WMIDSI MIMVKC WMIDSI C RP 3829 1 Kl II I RKV MRU Ki ll 1 RKVKV1 3810 11 DVRI VI1R MSYI 1 DVRI VIIRDLΛ 1831 1 OPΛSP1 DS Nl DIOPΛSPI DSII Y 1832 VIC 10PI AD NGSVICK.PI ΛDQCV 3813 VKDVIΛIOO NOVVKDVIΛIOOΛVI 3834 LI I I'INΛS NI 11 IYI PINΛSLSF 00017 00680 00220 3X15 VIRORII UN Nl QVIRORII IINOΛY 3X16 YWDQDPPI R Nl Y YWDQDPPI ROΛP 3837 1 Λl 11 IDIN NNQI Λl I IDINRSR 1818 1 C QDIII W NPQI C QDIII WKDI 3X19 1 ( 1 VIIIVPW NIIIIC 1 VIIIVPWDQI 3X40 INC 1 IISC VI) PCPINC IIISCVDLDI) 1X41 1 PDI SVIQN DSI PDI SVIQN! QV 1842 1 QVI 11111 PI Ql QVI 1 II 11 no 1841 1 DODPΛSNI PI SI DODPΛSNI API 3844 VNQPDVRPQ PI YVNQPDVRPQPPS 3845 VΛRCPSOVK PIC VΛRCPSOVKPDL 1846 1 Rl I Ql RSI POOI Rl 1 Ql RSI III 3847 WMΛI ISM R PIKWMΛI 1 SII RRRF 00078 IX IX VKPDLSYMP PSOVKPDI SYMPIWK 1X49 FKOI IΛI N PS ii KOFI'TAΓNIM Y 00011 3X50 Y 1 SIDVOSC PYNYI SI DVC.SC 1LV 3X51 ILWKDIIHK Ql) 1 II WKDII IIKNNQ 3X52 VI 1 CRV1QO QFCVI I RVIQOLPR 3X53 K DPΛPOΛ QOII PDPΛPOΛOOM 00011 3X54 I I I IYI PIN QGNI 11 IYLPINΛSL 1X55 Lll IDINRS Ql ΛLILIDINRSRΛC 1X56 YQDIII WKD Ql CYQDIII WKDIFH 1857 VRPQPPSPR QPDVRIQPPSPRI OP 00011 385X ICIIDVYM! QPPK 1IDVYMIMVK 00013 01000 00051 3859 II PDPΛPO QQGΓKPDPΛPGΛGO 3860 1RKYIMRRI QQklRKY IMRRI LQI 3X61 VWSYOVIVW QSDVWSYOVIVWI I 3862 1 QR1 RIVRO QVPLQR1 RIVRO 1 Ql 1863 YNΛRUCLPC RLYVNΛRI1CLPCIIPI 3X64 II UNOΛYS1 RC.RIl IINOΛYS1 TLQ 1X65 LOSQD11 NW RORLGSQDLLNWC MQ 3866 Y QGCQVVQO Rill YQGCQVVQONI 1 3867 FRI 1 VSLI S RPRI Rl LVSΓFSRMΛ 3868 LQI III VI P RRI LQI IT! VI PL IP 1869 TableXIX HER2/ CU DR Super Molif Peptides with Binding Data C oi 1 xemphry Position DRl DR2«rtl DR2 2B2 DR3 I)R4w4 DR5wll DR5 l2 SΓQ ID NO Sequ n e Sequence 11 DDDMODI RSLI 1 DDDMODI VDΛ 1006 o ooso 3870 1 LI Al 1 PPO RWOI 11 Λl 1 PI'OΛΛS X 120000 01100 00270 00010 02X00 00710 1871 IOΛS( VIΛC RY IIOΛSC VIΛCPYN 2XX 1872 VOII 1 VVVI SΛVVOII 1 VVVI OVV 656 3873 WSYOVIVWI SDVWSYOVIVWI 1 Ml 901 1874 1 QOI OISWI SI II QOI OISWI Ol R 442 1875 11 NWCMQIΛ SQD11 NW( MQIΛKOM XI9 3876 1 ROQI CVI 1 SQI 1 ROQI CVI 1 CRV 512 1877 lOlt MSIV SRI IOICI ISIVQ1 V 7S3 03500 00220 00007 00062 01200 00140 1X78 VOSC II VCP SIDVOSC II VC PLIIN 305 1X79 V1VWI I Mil SYOVIVWI 1 Mil OAK 907 3880 1 QPI Ql QVI IΛPI QPI Ql QVI1 IL 3X9 00023 1881 YVΛPI ICSP IDOY VΛPL SPQPI 1124 00005 00032 1XX2 LkGGVI IQR II II KOOVI IQRNPQ 146 1X81 VI PI IPSOΛ II 1 VI PI IPSOΛMPN 694 3X84 VYMIMVKC W IIDVYMIMVKCWMID 918 38X5 11 DNYΛI ΛV IQI 11 DNYΛI AVI DN 105 00510 00025 18X6 MP OCI LDI1 ΠQLMPYGCI I DΠVRΓ 79X 3887 -4 VCΛC.OCΛRC IRΓVCΛOOCΛRCKOP 216 18XX VIOΛSPOOl 1 IPVIOΛSIΌOI RI L 126 1889 1 VIQLMPYO IVQI VIQLMPYOCI 1 793 02100 07500 00009 00010 00 4 60 00005 1X90 1 I1NQI V1ΛI V( PI IINQI VlΛrDG. 114 00001 00025 3X91 L1 SOΛMPN VI PI IPSOΛMPNQΛQ 697 00008 00025 3892 11 VVVI OVV VOII 1 VVVIGVYrGI 659 3893 VPWDQI 1 RN VIII VPWDQI IRNPIIQ 477 00220 1X94 VVFOII IKR VlC.VVFOIl 1KRRQQ 666 00700 00110 00620 00021 00029 04700 3X95 VIQI MPYOC VQLVIQ1 MPYOCI LI) 794 3896 VISΛNIQI F VRΛVISΛNIQ1 FΛGC 353 3X97 VHRDLΛΛRN VRLVI1RDLΛΛRNVLV X39 00140 00061 00033 03400 00150 02700 389X VPI QRI RIV VRQVI'I QRI RIVRO T 91 1899 11 OKI IS1 VSRI 1 OKI ISIVQL 7X2 1900 I MPYOC LID VIQI MPYOCI LDIIVR 797 1901 ILI VVVI OV VVOII 1 VVVLOWFO 658 00004 00025 3902 1 MIIOΛKPY VWI 1 MIIOΛKPYDOI 912 00X70 00990 01000 00010 00550 00054 3901 11 Λl I I'l'OΛ WGI 11 Λl 1 PPOΛΛS1 9 51000 02100 00110 00013 13000 02500 1901 IPΛRI IPDI YDOI ΛRI ll'Dll 1 K 923 1905 MVKCWMIDS YMIMVKC WMIDSI LR 952 1906 IΛIINQVRQV YVLIΛ1INQYRQVPIQ 83 1907 TableXIX HER2/NEU DR Super Motif Peptides with Binding Data C ore 1 xemphry DR6wl9 DR7 DR8w2 DR9 DRw53 SIQ ID NO Sequence Sequence 11 DDDMODI RSI 1 I DDDMODI VDΛ 3X70 111 Λl I PPG RWOI 11 Λl 1 PPOΛΛS 00003 00013 01200 3871 I OΛS V1ΛC RY IIOΛSCY IΛCPYN 3X72 VOII I VVVI SΛWOI11 VVVI OVV 1X73 SYOVIVWI SDVWSYOVIVWI 1 Ml 1X74 I QOI OISWI SI 11 QOI OISWI Ol R 3X75 11 NWCMQIΛ SQDI 1 NWC MQIΛKOM 1X76 1 ROQI ( VI 1 SQI 1 ROQI CVI 1 C RV 1877 I GK 1 ISIV SRI 1 OKI ISIVQLV 03400 05600 00009 1878 \OS( II VC P SIDVOSC II VCIM UN 3879 V 1 V \\ 11 M 11 SYGVIVWI 1 MIIOΛK 3X80 1 QPI Ql QVI IΛPI PIQLQVi r II 18X1 Y VΛPI ICSP IDOYVΛPI ICSPQPI 000 II 18X2 1 KOOVI IQR 11 II KOOVI IQRNPQ 1X81 VI PI ll'SOΛ 11 LVI PI IPSGΛM N 1884 VY IMVKCW IIDVYMIMVKCWMID 3X85 II DNYΛI ΛV IQI II DNYΛI AVI DN 00160 1X86 MPYOCI LDII IQ1 MPYOCI 1 DIIVRI 3X87 -4 UI VC ΛOOC ΛRC FR1VC ΛOOC ΛRC KOP 3888 VIOΛSPOOI 1 IPV IOΛSPOOI Rl 1 3889 I VIQI MPYO IVQI VIQI M YOCI 1 00031 00100 00069 1890 1 IINQI VIΛI VC IM IINQI VIΛI DO 1 00013 1891 I 1PSOΛMPN VI PI 1 PSGΛMPNQΛQ 00011 1892 11 VVVI OVV VOII 1 VVVLGWIOI 1893 VPWDQI 1 RN VIII VPWDQI IRNIM1Q 3X94 VVK.II IKR vι ovvrcii IKRRQQ 00150 00320 06400 3X95 VIQI MPYOC VQI VIQI MPYOCLI D 3X96 VISΛNIQI 1 VRΛVISΛNIQI 1 ΛGC 3X97 VIIRDI ΛΛRN VRI VIIRDI ΛΛRNVLV 00430 00230 01000 389X VIM QPI RIV VRQVPIQRLRIVRGI 3X99 LI OKI rsi VSRI LOIC LI SI VQI 3900 1 MPYOCI 11) VIQI MPYOCLLDIIVR 3901 1L1 VVVLOV won i vvvLowK. 00013 3902 1 MII OΛKPY VVVI 1 MIFGΛKPYDGI 00004 00170 000X9 1903 11 Λl 1 PPOΛ WOI 11 Λl 1 PPOΛΛS 1 00003 00013 04500 1904 1PΛRI ll'DI YDC.IPΛRI IPDLI 1 K 1905 MVKCWMIDS YMIMVKCWMIDSICR 3906 IΛIINQVRQV YV1 IΛ1INQVRQVPI Q 1907 Table XXa HER2/NEU DR 3a Motif Peptides with Binding Data Core F.xempl.nry Position DRl DR2w2BI DR2 2B2 DR3 DR4w 4 DR4wl5 DR5wll DR5 l2 SEQ ID NO. Sequence Sequence VI.RLN1SPK AIKVIREN1SPKΛNK 751 00075 3908 LD1DEIEYU ΛRLLDIDΓ.TEYUΛDG 867 00001 -00006 -00007 03100 -00055 -00008 3909 IGMΠILREV CYGLGMEULRF.VRΛV 342 00083 3910 GI FPSLF.E DMLGLEPSEEEΛPR 1058 -00025 3911 YYWDQDPPI: DNLYYWDQDPPERGA 1218 -00025 3912 LWKDIFIIKN DFILWKDIIIIKNNQL 165 -00027 3913 YIIΛDGGKVP F1I.YIIΛDGGKVPIKW 874 -00027 3914 1 VSEISRMΛ FRELVSEFSRMΛRDP 969 00710 3915 MARDΓQRFV ΓSRMΛRDPQRFVVIQ 976 01600 3916 1QNEDLGPΛ FWIQNF.DLGPΛSPL 986 -00025 3917 VDAIXYLVP GDLVDΛEEYLVPQQG 1015 00250 3918 LFI DNYΛt A GFQLFEDNYΛLAVLD 104 02200 3919 MΛl Γ.SILRR IKWMΛLESILRRRFT 886 09500 00400 3920 IPDEF.GΛCQ IWKFPDEEGΛCQPCP 613 -00027 3921 L IDΓCIIIQ KGPLPTDCCUEQCΛΛ 228 -00027 3922 WKDVFΛFG KNGWKDVFΛFGGΛV 1177 -00025 3923 LPRCYVNΛR LQGLPREYVNΛRIICL 547 -00027 3924 YSF.DPIVPl I.QRYSCDPTVPLPSΓ. 1109 00270 3925 YNΓDIILSM LVrYNTDIFF.SMPNP 271 -00027 3926 LLQEΓELVΓ. MRRLIQΓ.TELVEPLΓ 687 -00027 3927 II DEΛYVMΛ NKF.ILDEΛYVMΛGVG 764 00047 3928 VIΛEDGΓQR NQI VTΛEOOTQRCEK 319 -00027 3929 FDGDPASNI PLSFDGDPΛSNTΛΓL 378 -00027 3930 VKPDLSYMP PSGVKPDLSYMPIWK 601 -00027 3931 FCPDPΛPGA QGFFCPDPΛPGΛGGM I02X -00005 00230 3932 ILKF/IELRK QMRILKEΠXRKVKV 711 00419 00150 05900 03200 -00055 00041 3933 I.I DDDMGDL RSLIXDDDMGDLVDΛ 1006 00080 3934 ΓDGDLGMGΛ SDVFDGDLGMGΛΛKG 1083 -00025 3935 u PΓ.SΓDGD SLΛFLPESFDGDPΛS 373 -00027 3936 FLQDIQEVQ SLSFLQDIQEVQGYV 70 00520 3937 LQPEQLQVF TΛPLQΓEQLQVFIΠL 3X9 00023 3938 LPSEΓDGYV tVPLPSr.rDGYVΛPL 1117 -00025 3939 VPWDQLFRN VII rVPWDQLFRNPUQ 477 00220 3940 VIIRDLΛΛRN VRLVIIRDLΛΛRNVLV 839 00340 00064 00033 03400 00150 02700 3941 ΓOPΓ.ΛDQCV VTCFGPLΛDQCVΛCA 574 -00027 3942 LSI DVGSC r YNYLSΓDVGSCILVC 301 00059 3943 LLEDDDMGD YRSLLEDDDMGDLVϋ 1005 00630 3944 Table XXa HER2/NEU DR 3a Motif Peptides with Binding Data C ore Exemplary DR6wl9 DR7 DR8w2 DR9 DRw53 SEQ ID NO Sequence Sequence VLRΓNISPK ΛIKVLRΓNTSPKANK 3908 i DIDΓΓΓYH ΛR1I DIDIT1 YHΛDG 00001 00017 00009 3909 1 GM) III RLV CYG1GMF1ILRFVRΛV 3910 IOLΓPSI I i DLTLC.i ΓPSCI EΛPR 3911 YY DQDPPL DNLYYWDQDPPFRGΛ 3912 1 WKDIFUKN DΓILWKDIFIIKNNQI 3913 YHΛDGOKVP E1FYHΛDGGKVPIKW 3914 1 VSI FSRMΛ FRI 1 VSEFSRMΛRDP 3915 MARDI'QRΓV FSRMΛRDPQRFVV1Q 3916 IQNΓDI GPA l-VVIQNLDLGPΛSPL 3917 VDAΠI YI vp GDI VDΛEEYLVPQQG 3918 LU DNYΛI A OΓQLFFDNYALAVLD 3919 MAI FSILRR IKWMΛI ESILRRRFT 00010 3920 I DF ΓOΛCQ IWKIPDΓΓGΛCQPCP 3921 L I C III KO LPTDCCIICQCAA 3922 WKDVΓΛΓO KNGVVKDVFAFGGAV 3923 LI'RI YVNΛR IQC.LPREYVNΛRIICl 3924 YSI DPFVPL LQRYSEDPTVPLPSE 3925 YN ΓD I i ΓSM LVIYNTDTFCSMPNP 3926 Li oi in vi MRRLLQΓΓΠ VEPLT 3927 ILDIAYVVIΛ NKΓII DFΛYVMΛGVG 3928 V3ΛFDG1QR NQFVTΛI DGIQRCΓK 3929 i υoDPΛSN r PΓSFDGUPΛSNTAPL 3930 VKPDLSYMP PSGVKPDLSYMPIWK 3931 ICPDPΛPGΛ QGFΓCPDPΛPGΛGGM 00011 3932 II κπrι RK QMRILKF1ELRKVKV 00008 00130 00064 3933 11 DDDMGDL Rsi LΓDDDMGOLVDΛ 3934 F nc.DLGMGΛ SDVFDGDLGMGΛΛKG 3935 11 P1 1DOD SIΛFLPFSFDGDPΛS 3936 11 DIQt Q SI SFLQDIQΓVQGYV 3937 LQΓΓQLQVF TΛPLQPΓQIQVFFTL 3938 1 PSLFDOYV TVPLPSFTDGYVΛPL 3939 VPWDQLFRN VIITVPWDQLFRNPHQ 3940 VHRDLΛΛRN VRI VHRDLAΛRNVLV 00430 00230 01000 3941 1 GPEΛDQCV VTCFGPEΛDQCVΛCΛ 3942 LSΓDVGSCT YNYLSIDVGSCTLVC 3943 LLI DDDMGD YRSLLEDDDMGDLVI) 3944 Table XXb HER2/NEU DR 3b Motif Peptides with Binding Data Coic 1 xcmplary Positioi DRl DR2 2Dl Sequence Sequence I IDINRSRΛ Λl Tl IDTNRSRΛCHP 180 00350 3945 IDSI RPRΓ CWMIDSFCRPRFRII 958 00036 00006 00150 04500 00055 00008 3946 Yl 1 DVRI VII GMSYLFDVRLVHRDI R32 01800 3947 VDI DDKGCP IISCVDIDDKGCPΛΓQ 632 00027 3948 IIIHNTIILCF LΛLIII1INTIILCFV1IT 465 00140 00990 00009 03100 00055 00025 3949 ΛΛPQΓIIΓPP QC.GΛΛPQPHPPΓΛFS 1200 00025 3950 ΛSPΓIULDM RI PASPITIII MLRII 34 00027 3951 Λ1INQVRQVP VLIΛIINQVRQVPIQR 84 00290 3952 11 RNPHQΛL WDQLFRNPIIQΛLLI1T 482 00001 00015 00007 09000 00055 00008 3953 Table XXb HER2 NEU DR 3b Molif Peptides with Binding Data Core Exemplary DR6wl 9 DR7 DR8w2 DR9 DRw53 SEQ ID NO. Sequence Sequence LID ΓNRSRΛ ΛLTLIDTNRSRACHP 3945 IDSECRPRF CWMIDSECRPRFREL -0.0001 -0.0014 0.0028 3946 YLEDVRLVll GMSYLEDVRLVHRDL 3947 VDLDDKGCP HSCVDLDDKGCPΛEQ 3948 ll ll lNTULCF LΛLIUHNTHLCFV11 F 0.7500 0.0200 0.0330 3949 ΛΛPOPUPPP QGGΛΛPQPIIPPPΛFS 3950 ΛSPETIILDM RLPΛSPETULDMLRH 3951 ΛUNQVRQVP VLIΛIINQVRQVPLQR 3952 LFRNPIIOΛL WDQLFRNPIIQΛLLHT 0.0410 -0.0017 -0.0009 3953 -4 -4 TABLE XXI. Population coverage with combined HLA Supertypes PHENOTYPIC FREQUENCY Caucasian North Japanese Chinese Hispanic Average HLA-SUPERTYPES American Black a. Individual Supertypes A2 45.8 39.0 42.4 45.9 43.0 43.2 A3 37.5 42.1 45.8 52.1 43.1 44.2 B7 43.2 55.1 57.1 43.0 49.3 49.5 Al 47.1 16.1 21.8 14.7 26.3 25.2 A24 23.9 38.9 58.6 40.1 38.3 40.0 B44 43.0 21.2 42.9 39.1 39.0 37.0 B27 28.4 26.1 13.3 13.9 35.3 23.4 B62 12.6 4.8 36.5 25.4 11.1 18.1 B58 10.0 25.1 1.6 9.0 5.9 10.3 b. Combined Supertypes A2, A3, B7 84.3 86.8 89.5 89.8 86.8 87.4 A2, A3, B7, A24, B44, Al 99.5 98.1 100.0 99.5 99.4 99.3 A2, A3, B7, A24. B44. A1, 99.9 99.6 100.0 99.8 99.9 99.8 B27, B62, B58 Table XXII. Crossbinding data of A2 supermotif peptides No. A2 A*0201 A*0202 A*0203 A*0206 A*6802 Source AA Sequence Alleles nM nM nM nM nM Crossbound Her2/neu.5 9 ALCRWGLLL 100 — 278 — — 2 Her2/neu.5 10 ALCRWGLLLA 139 1955 12 1947 2500 2 Her2/neu.48 9 HLYQGCQW 139 307 13 514 1143 3 Her2/neu.l06 9 QLFEDNYAL 17 226 11 463 2105 4 Her2/neu.l06 10 QLFEDNYALA 357 662 9.1 218 74 4 Her2/neu.l44 10 SLTEILKGGV 238 ~ 22 — ~ 2 Her2/neu.l53 9 VLIQRNPQL 23 3909 3.3 1057 — 2 Her2/neu.369 9 KIFGSLAFL 36 9.0 19 23 3333 4 Her2/neu.435 9 ILHNGAYSL 75 358 100 569 — 3 Her2/neu.466 9 ALIHHNTHL 278 1265 10 1762 — 2 Her2/neu.508 9 GLACHQLCA 417 - 127 - 9091 2 Her2/neu.653 9 SIISAVVGI 69 524 35 285 148 4 Her2/neu.665 9 WLGVVFGI 14 — 2500 430 2000 2 Her2/neu.689 9 RLLQETELV 21 — 625 34 — 2 Her2/neu.767 9 ILDEAYVMA 238 — 4167 3083 — 1 Her2/neu.773 10 VMAGVGSPYV 200 391 13 3700 — 3 Her2/neu.789 9 CLTSTVQLV 208 457 6.7 308 8000 4 Her2/neu.799 9 QLMPYGCLL 217 977 114 712 - 2 Her2/neu.952 10 YMIMVKCWMI 20 307 83 116 267 5 Her2/neu.952 9 YMIMVKCWM 217 - 625 2643 1000 1 indicates binding affinity =10,000nM. Table XXII. A2 supermotif analog peptides A*0201 A*0202 A*0203 A*0206 A*6802 No. A2 Alleles Source AA Sequence nM nM nM nM nM Crossbound Her2/neu.5 9 ALCRWGLLL 100 - 278 ~ 2 Her2/neu.5.T2B3V9 9 ATBRWGLLV 16667 215 323 2177 1739 2 Her2/neu.5V2B3V9 9 AVBRWGLLV 10000 215 141 2177 4706 2 Her2/neu.5.B3 9 ALBRWGLLL 238 1 12 6167 7273 3 Her2/neu.5B3V9 9 ALBRWGLLV 18 33 4.2 285 4 Her2/neu.5M2B3V9 9 AMBRWGLLV 36 473 16 726 3 Her2/neu.l53 VLIQRNPQL 23 3909 3.3 1057 Her2/neu.l53V9 VLIQRNPQV 55 768 135 385 Her2/neu.369 9 KIFGSLAFL 36 9.0 19 23 3333 4 Her2/neu.369V2V9 9 KVFGSLAFV 20 19.0 769 15 29 4 Her2/neu.369T2V9 9 KTFGSLAFV 35 13.0 1010 14 17 4 oe Her2/neu.369L2V9 9 KLFGSLAFV 5.8 7.5 19 17 1270 4 © Her2/neu.653 9 SIISAVVGI 69 524 35 285 148 4 Her2/neu.653.L2V9 9 SLISAVVGV 7.1 10 16 20 110 5 Her2/neu.665 9 VVLGWFGI 14 — 2500 430 2000 2 Her2/neu.665V2V9 9 WLGWFGV Her2/neu.665L2V9 9 VLLGVVFGV 2.4 17 14 6.0. 8000 4 Her2/neu.952 10 YMIMVKCWMI 20 307 83 116 267 5 Her2/neu.952L2V10 10 YLIMVKCWMV 13 56 116 18 84 5 Her2/neu.952L2B7V10 10 YLIMVKBWMV 7.2 66 77 11 851 4 ~ indicates binding affinity =10,000nM. Table XXIII. HLA-A3 Supermotif-bearing Peptides No. of A3 Published Published A*0301 A* 1 101 A*3101 A*3301 A*6801 CTL CTL AA Sequence Source Alleles CTL CTL nM nM nM nM nM Wildtype Tumor Crossbound Wildtype Tumor 10 QLRSLTEILK Her2/neu.l41 55 462 667 6170 ~ 2 10 ILKGGVLIQR Her2/neu. l48 275 - 25 121 205 4 10 IVKGGVLIQR Her2/neu.l48.V2 275 7500 72 126 29 4 10 IVKGGVLIQK Her2/neu. l48.V2K10 26 102 450 6591 27 4 10 TILWKDIFHK Her2/neu.l66 256 1.7 487 690 200 4 10 TVLWKDIFHR Her2/neu.l66.V2R10 8462 286 600 76 42 3 9 ILWKDIFHK Her2/neu.l67 39 19 82 967 1739 3 9 IVWKDIFHK Her2/neu.l67.V2 23 40 247 853 178 4 9 IVWKDIFHR Her2/neu. l67.V2R9 143 286 6.0 16 15 5 10 RTVCAGGCAR Her2/neu.217 1618 462 40 1318 320 3 9 TVCAGGCAR Her2/neu.218 - 261 129 326 83 4 9 TVBAGGBAR Her2/neu.218.B3B7 314 111 247 242 8.0 5 9 TVBAGGBAK Her2/neu.218.B3B7K9 24 29 ~ - 7.3 3 10 IVWLGLRSLR Her2/neu.450.V2 234 1936 11 193 7.3 4 10 IVWLGLRSLK Her2/neu.450.V2K10 3.9 128 273 2071 12 4 10 ISWLGLRSLR Her2/neu.450 268 2222 6.9 223 73 4 10 HTVPWDQLFR Her2/neu.478 3143 83 19 88 4.0 4 10 HVVPWDQLFR Her2/neu.478.V2 7333 1333 391 193 3.6 3 10 HVVPWDQLFK Her2/neu.478.V2K10 180 375 ~ ~ 8.9 3 9 CVNCSQFLR Her2/neu.528 7333 194 34 50 18 4 9 BVNBSQFLR Her2/neu.528.BlB4 177 80 38 58 10 5 9 BVNBSQFLK Her2/neu.528.BlB4K9 34 22 60 4265 15 4 10 GVVFGILIKR Her2/neu.668 61 1 182 305 2071 19 3 9 VVFGILIKR Her2/neu.669 100 8.3 13 78 4.0 5 1/3 0/1 10 VVFGILIKRR Her2/neu.669 3667 375 290 193 15 4 - indicates binding affinity >10,000nM. Table XXIII. HLA-A3 Supermotif-bearing Peptides No. of A3 Published Published A*0301 A*1101 A*3101 A*3301 A*6801 CTL CTL AA Sequence Source Alleles CTL CTL nM nM nM nM nM _ , . Wildtype Tumor __.., , __, Crossbound Wildtype Tumor 9 VVFGILIKK Her2/neu.669.K9 22 19 3750 - 35 3 9 KIRKYTMRR Her2/neu.681 15 - 16 4028 - 2 3/3 2/3 + 9 VLRENTSPK Her2/neu.754 28 462 129 290 - 4 4/7 3/6 + 9 VVRENTSPR Her2/neu.754.V2R9 200 5455 375 126 178 4 9 LLDHVRENR Her2/neu.806 297 - 500 326 5714 3 9 LVARNVLVK Her2/neu.846.V2 42 214 9000 - 205 3 9 LAARNVLVK Her2/neu.846 190 211 - ~ 500 3 9 LVKSPNHVK Her2/neu.852 23 86 182 784 73 4 9 LVKSPNHVR Her2/neu.852.R9 7857 ~ 198 107 50 3 oe 9 KITDFGLAR Her2/neu.860 65 25 100 - 1633 3 9 KVTDFGLAR Her2/neu.860.V2 201 76 106 ~ 133 4 9 MVLESILRR Her2/neu.889Y2 216 273 207 153 22 5 9 MVLESILRK Her2/neu.889.V2K9 61 16 - 2636 381 3 9 MALESILRR Her2/neu.889 3235 253 192 132 127 4 10 LVSEFSRMAR Her2/neu.972 1528 182 49 126 36 4 10 LVSEFSRMAK Her2/neu.972.K10 250 71 2250 5273 62 3 10 AVPLDSTFYR Her2/neu.997.V2 -1 10000 88 30000 2636 73 2 10 AVPLDSTFYK Her2/neU.997.V2K10 550 33 1500 22308 229 2 10 ASPLDSTFYR Her2/neu.997 — 90 150 2071 154 3 1) Kawashima et al., Cancer Research 59:431, 1999 indicates binding affinity >10,000nM. m MM MM MM HH MM MM MM CN CN CN CN Table XXV. HLA-A1 Motif-Bearing Peptides A*0101 Sequence Source nM GTDMKLRLPY Her2/neu.28.Y10 50 ETHLDMLRHLY Her2/neu.40 89 HLDMLRHLY Her2/neu.42 2.7 HTDMLRHLY Her2/neu.42.T2 1.9 GTQLFEDNY Her2/neu. l04 139 GTDLFEDNY Her2/neu.l04.D3 0.90 PTDCCHEQCA Her2/neu.232 125 PTDCCHEQCY Her2/neu.232.Y10 46 PTDCCHEQCAA Her2/neu.232 58 PTDCCHEQCAY Her2/neu.232.Yl l 18 ESMPNPEGRY Her2/neu.280 139 ETMPNPEGRY Her2/neu.280.T2 3.9 ASCVTACPY Her2/neu.293 455 ASCVTACPYNY Her2/neu.293 132 ATCVTACPY Her2/neu.293.T2 49 VTACPYNY Her2/neu.296 250 VFETLEEITGY Her2/neu.399 5556 ETLEEITGYLY Her2/neu.401 57 ETDEEITGY Her2/neu.401.D3 17 TLEEITGYLY Her2/neu.402 23 TLDEITGYLY Her2/neu.402.D3 3.4 EADQCVACAHY Her2/neu.580 250 VMDGVGSPY Her2/neu.773.D3 40 CMQIAKGMSY Her2/neu.826 83 CTQIAKGMSY Her2/neu.826.T2 19 LLDIDETEY Her2/neu.869 3.3 LTDIDETEY Her2/neu.869.T2 5.7 FTHQSDVWSY Her2/neu.899 9.3 FTDQSDVWSY Her2/neu.899.D3 0.60 PADPLDSTFY Her2/neu.996.D3 19 ATPLDSTFY Her2/neu.997.T2 36 MTDLVDAEEY Her2/neu.l014.T2 2.3 LTCSPQPEY Her2/neu. l l31 ■ 192 LTDSPQPEY Her2/neu.l l31.D3 32 FSPAFDNLYY Her2/neu.l213 4.5 FTPAFDNLYY Her2/neu.l213.T2 0.80 SPDFDNLYY Her2/neul214.D3 73.50 GTPTAENPEY Her2/neu. l239 397 GTDTAENPEY Her2/neu. l239.D3 26 Table XXVI. HLA-A24 Motif-Bearing Peptides A*2402 Sequence Source nM RWGLLLAL Her2/neu.8 480 RWGLLLALL Her2/neu.8 9.2 RYGLLALF Her2/neu8.Y2F9 1.3 TYLPTNASL Her2/neu.63 316 TYLPTNASLSF Her2/neu.63 1.3 TYLPTNASF Her2/neu.63.F9 44 CYGLGMEHF Her2/neu.342.F9 164 LYISAWPDSL Her2/neu.410 143 LYISAWPDSF Her2/neu.410.F10 10 AYPDSLPDF Herw/neu414.Y2F9 24 AYSLTLQGL Her2/neu.440 92 AYSLTLQGF Her2/neu.440.F9 52 EYVNARHCF Her2/neu.553.F9 150 SYMPIW F Her2/neu.609 38 PYVSRLLGI Her2/neu.780 71 PYVSRLLGICL Her2/neu.780 375 PYVSRLLGF Her2/neu.780.F9 9.2 GYSYLEDVRF Her2/neu.832.Y2F10 235.0 KYMALESIF Her2/neu.887.Y2F9 19.0 RYTHQSDVF Her2/neu.898.Y2F9 60.0 VWSYGVTVW Her2/neu.905 150 VYSYGVTVF Her2/neu.905.Y2F9 16 VWSYGVTVWEL Her2/neu.905 130 SYGVTVWEL Her2/neu.907 100 SYGVTVWEF Her2/neu.907.F9 26 VYMIMVKCW Her2/neu.951 75 VYMIMVKCWMI Her2/neu.951 6.7 VYMIMVKCF Her2/neu.951.F9 19 RYRELVSEF Her2/neu.968.Y2 36 RYARDPQRF Her2/neu.978.Y2 120 Table XXVIII. Her2/neu DR supertype primary binding DRl 47 DR147 DRl DR4w4 DR7 Algo Sequence Source Cross- nM nM nM Sum binding 2 LCRWGLLLALLPPGA Her2/neu.6 53 — — 1 2 RWGLLLALLPPGAAS Her2/neu.8 0.42 161 — 2 2 WGLLLALLPPGAAST Her2/neu.9 0.98 35 — 2 2 GTDMKLRLPASPETH Her2/neu.28 5000 ~ — 0 2 DMKLRLPASPETHLD Her2/neu.30 5000 — — 0 2 NLELTYLPTNASLSF Her2/neu.59 11 118 . 368 3 3 LTYLPTNASLSFLQD Her2/neu.62 10 136 78 3 2 TQLFEDNYALAVLDN Her2/neu.l05 94 ~ 1563 1 2 VCPLHNQEVTAEDGT Her2/neu.314 - ~ ~ 0 2 CKKJFGSLAFLPESF Her2/neu.367 21 — 926 2 2 ^ LSVFQNLQVIRGRIL Her2/neu.422 28 672 86 3 2 LRELGSGLALIHHNT Her2/neu.458 161 ~ — 1 3 KPDLSYMPIWKFPDE Her2/neu.605 152 — 8621 1 3 ASPLTSIISAVVGIL Her2/neu.648 56 — 714 2 2 LTSIISAVVGILLVV Her2/neu.651 26 — 5102 1 3 WGILLVWLGVVFG Her2/neu.658 ~ — — 0 3 LLVVVLGWFGILIK Her2/neu.662 >6250 ~ — 0 2 VLGWFGILIKRRQQ Her2/neu.666 71 ~ 781 2 2 ETELVEPLTPSGAMP Her2/neu.693 833 ~ — 1 2 VEPLTPSGAMPNQAQ Her2/neu.697 >6250 ~ — 0 2 ETELRKVKVLGSGAF Her2/neu.717 313 1286 658 2 2 GENVKIPVAIKVLRE Her2/neu.743 79 — 807 2 2 IKVLRENTSPKANKE Her2/neu.752 — — ~ 0 3 KEILDEAYVMAGVGS Her2/neu.765 — 6164 — 0 3 DEAYVMAGVGSPYVS Her2/neu.769 100 196 125 3 2 SRLLGICLTSTVQLV Her2/neu.783 14 375 45 3 2 TVQLVTQLMPYGCLL Her2/neu.793 22 978 2500 2 3 LLNWCMQIAKGMSYL Her2/neu.822 6.0 — 208 2 2 ITDFGLARLLDIDET Her2/neu.861 1042 — — 0 3 KVPIKWMALESILRR Her2/neu.883 2.3 652 1316 2 3 PIKWMALESILRRRF Her2/neu.885 6.3 1286 3205 1 2 IKWMALESILRRRFT Her2/neu.886 5.3 1125 6250 1 2 GVTVWELMTFGAKPY Her2/neu.909 3.6 1364 1471 1 3 VWELMTFGAKPYDGI Her2/neu.912 58 818 676 3 2 GERLPQPPICTIDVY Her2/neu.938 - ~ - 0 2 QPPICTIDVYMIMVK Her2/neu.943 75 7500 250 2 2 DVYMIMVKCWMIDSE Her2/neu.950 179 790 192 3 2 QGFFCPDPAPGAGGM Her2/neu.l028 - 1957 ~ 0 3 TDGYVAPLTCSPQPE Her2/neu.l l24 ~ - — 0 2 QPDVRPQPPSPREGP Her2/neu.l l42 7143 - - 0 2 PSTFKGTPTAENPEY Her2/neu.l234 — ~ — 0 Table XXX. DR3 binding DR3 Sequence Source nM RLPASPETHLDMLRH Her2/neu.34 — SLSFLQDIQEVQGYV Her2/neu.70 5769 VLIAHNQVRQVPLQR Her2/neu.84 - GTQLFEDNYALAVLD Her2/neu.l04 1364 DTILWKDIFHKNNQL Her2/neu.l65 ~ ALTLIDTNRSRACHP Her2/neu.l80 8571 KGPLPTDCCHEQCAA Her2/neu.228 - LVTYNTDTFESMPNP Her2/neu.271 — YNYLSTDVGSCTLVC Her2/neu.301 ~ NQEVTAEDGTQRCEK Her2/neu.319 — CYGLGMEHLREVRAV Her2/neu.342 — SLAFLPESFDGDPAS Her2/neu.373 — PESFDGDPASNTAPL Her2/neu.378 — TAPLQPEQLQVFETL Her2/neu.389 ~ LALIHHNTHLCFVHT Her2/neu.465 968 VHTVPWDQLFRNPHQ Her2/neu.477 ~ WDQLFRNPHQALLHT Her2/neu.482 333 LQGLPREYVNARHCL Her2/neu.547 ~ VTCFGPEADQCVACA Her2/neu.574 ~ PSGVKPDLSYMPIWK Her2/neu.601 — IWKFPDEEGACQPCP Her2/neu.613 ~ HSCVDLDDKGCPAEQ Her2/neu.632 - MRRLLQETELVEPLT Her2/neu.687 ~ QMRILKETELRKVKV Her2/neu.711 938 AIKVLRENTSPKANK Her2/neu.751 — NKEILDEAYVMAGVG Her2/neu.764 — GMSYLEDVRLVHRDL Her2/neu.832 1667 VRLVHRDLAARNVLV Her2/neu.839 882 ARLLDIDETEYHADG Her2/neu.867 968 ETEYHADGGKVPIKW Her2/neu.874 — IKWMALESILRRRFT Her2/neu.886 682 CWMIDSECRPRFREL Her2/neu.958 667 FRELVSEFSRMARDP Her2/neu.969 4225 FSRMARDPQRFVVIQ Her2/neu.976 1875 FWIQNEDLGPASPL Her2/neu.986 - YRSLLEDDDMGDLVD Her2/neu. l005 4762 RSLLEDDDMGDLVDA Her2/neu.l006 — GDLVDAEEYLVPQQG Her2/neu.l015 - QGFFCPDPAPGAGGM Her2/neu.l028 - DLTLGLEPSEEEAPR Her2/neu.l058 — SDVFDGDLGMGAAKG Her2/neu.l083 — LQRYSEDPTVPLPSE Her2/neu.l l09 — TVPLPSETDGYVAPL Her2/neu.l l l7 — KNGWKDVFAFGGAV Her2/neu.l l77 — QGGAAPQPHPPPAFS Her2/neu.l200 - DNLYY DQDPPERGA Her2/neu.l218 — TABLE XXXI. HLA Class II Supermotif and Motif-Bearing Epitopes DRB1 DRB1 DRB 1 DRBl DRBl DRBl DRBl DRBl DRB5 No. of DR Sequence Source *0101 *0301 *0401 *0701 *0802 *1101 * 1302 ♦ 1501 *0101 Alleles nM nM nM nM nM nM nM nM nM Crossbound VLGVVFGILIKRRQQ Her2/neu.666 71 - - 781 77 43 233 827 323 7 QMRILKETELRKVKV Her2/neu.71 1 119 938 >8182 1923 7656 4878 4375 607 34 3 DEAYVMAGVGSPYVS Her2/neu.769 100 - 196 125 860 7407 1750 3138 833 5 SRLLGICLTSTVQLV Her2/neu.783 14 - 375 45 - 1429 10 414 - 5 LLNWCMQIAKGMSYL Her2/neu.822 6.0 ~ - 208 120 50 90 1597 17 6 VRLVHRDLAARNVLV Her2/neu.839 147 882 3058 1087 490 74 81 1422 6061 4 ARLLDIDETEYHADG Her2/neu.867 - 968 >8182 - - - - - - 0 IKWMALESILRRRFT Her2/neu.886 17 682 3224 4098 731 370 2500 1 1 2.5 5 VWELMTFGAKPYDGI Her2/neu.912 58 - 818 676 5506 3704 8750 92 200 5 CWMIDSECRPRFREL Her2/neu.958 1389 667 >8182 ~ - ~ - ~ 1333 0

Claims: WHAT IS CLAIMED IS 1. An isolated prepared HER2/neu epitope consisting of a sequence selected from the group consisting of the sequences set out in Tables XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, and XXXI. 2. A composition of claim 1, wherein the epitope is admixed or joined to a CTL epitope. 3. A composition of claim 2, wherein the CTL epitope is selected from the group set out in claim 1. 4. A composition of claim 1, wherein the epitope is admixed or joined to an HTL epitope. 5. A composition of claim 4, wherein the HTL epitope is selected from the group set out in claim 1. 6. A composition of claim 4, wherein the HTL epitope is a pan-DR binding molecule. 7. A composition of claim 1, comprising at least three epitopes selected from the group set out in claim 1. 8. A composition of claim 1, further comprising a liposome, wherein the epitope is on or within the liposome. 9. A composition of claim 1 , wherein the epitope is joined to a lipid. 10. A composition of claim 1, wherein the epitope is joined to a linker. 11. A composition of claim 1 , wherein the epitope is bound to an HLA heavy chain, β2-microglobulin, and strepavidin complex, whereby a tetramer is formed. 12. A composition of claim 1, further comprising an antigen presenting cell, wherein the epitope is on or within the antigen presenting cell. 13. A composition of claim 12, wherein the epitope is bound to an HLA molecule on the antigen presenting cell, whereby when a cytotoxic lymphocyte (CTL) or helper T lymphocyte (HTL) is present that is restricted to the HLA molecule, a receptor on the CTL or HTL binds to a complex of the HLA molecule and the epitope. 14. A clonal cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL), wherein the CTL is cultured in vitro and binds to a complex of an epitope selected from the group set out in Tables XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, and XXVII, bound to an HLA molecule. 15. A peptide comprising at least a first and a second epitope, wherein the first epitope is selected from the group consisting of the sequences set out in Tables XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, and XXXI; wherein the peptide comprise less than 50 contiguous amino acids that have 100% identity with a native peptide sequence. 16. A composition of claim 15, wherein the first and the second epitope are selected from the group of claim 14. 17. A composition of claim 16, further comprising a third epitope selected from the group of claim 15. 18. A composition of claim 15, wherein the peptide is a heteropolymer. 19. A composition of claim 15, wherein the peptide is a homopolymer. 20. A composition of claim 15, wherein the second epitope is a CTL epitope. 21. A composition of claim 20, wherein the CTL epitope is from a tumor associated antigen that is not HER2/neu. 22. A composition of claim 15, wherein the second epitope is a PanDR binding molecule. 23. A composition of claim 1, wherein the first epitope is linked to an a linker sequence. 24. A vaccine composition comprising: a unit dose of a peptide that comprises less than 50 contiguous amino acids that have 100% identity with a native peptide sequence of HER2/neu, the peptide comprising at least a first epitope selected from the group consisting of the sequences set out in Tables XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, and XXXI; and; a pharmaceutical excipient. 25. A vaccine composition in accordance with claim 24, further comprising a second epitope. 26 A vaccme composition of claim 24, wherein the second epitope is a PanDR bindmg molecule 27 A vaccine composition of claim 24, wherein the pharmaceutical excipient comprises an adjuvant 28 An isolated nucleic acid encoding a peptide compnsmg an epitope consisting of a sequence selected from the group consisting of the sequences set out m Tables XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, and XXXI 29 An isolated nucleic acid encoding a peptide compnsmg at least a first and a second epitope, wherem the first epitope is selected from the group consisting of the sequences set out m Table XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, and XXXI, and wherem the peptide comprises less than 50 contiguous amino acids that have 100% identity with a native peptide sequence 30 An isolated nucleic acid of claim 29, wherem the peptide compnses at least two epitopes selected from the sequences set out m claim 29 31 An isolated nucleic acid of claim 30, wherem the peptide comprises at least three epitopes selected from the sequences set out m claim 29 32 An isolated nucleic acid of claim 29, wherem the second peptide is a CTL epitope 33 An isolated nucleic acid of claim 32, wherein the CTL is from a tumor- associated antigen that is not HER2/neu 34 An isolated nucleic acid of claim 20, wherem the second peptide is an HTL epitope

Inventors: CELIS ESTEBAN, CHESNUT ROBERT, FIKES JOHN, KEOGH ELISSA, SETTE ALESSANDRO, SIDNEY JOHN, SOUTHWOOD SCOTT, CELIS, ESTEBAN, CHESNUT, ROBERT, FIKES, JOHN, KEOGH, ELISSA, SETTE, ALESSANDRO, SIDNEY, JOHN, SOUTHWOOD, SCOTT
Applicants: CELIS ESTEBAN, CHESNUT ROBERT, EPIMMUNE INC, FIKES JOHN, KEOGH ELISSA, SETTE ALESSANDRO, SIDNEY JOHN, SOUTHWOOD SCOTT, CELIS, ESTEBAN, CHESNUT, ROBERT, EPIMMUNE INC., FIKES, JOHN, KEOGH, ELISSA, SETTE, ALESSANDRO, SIDNEY, JOHN, SOUTHWOOD, SCOTT
Application year: 2000
Main classification: A61K38
IPC codes: A61K39, A61P35, C07K7, C07K14, C12N5, C12N15